WO2022111477A1 - 随机接入方法、装置及通信设备 - Google Patents

随机接入方法、装置及通信设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022111477A1
WO2022111477A1 PCT/CN2021/132469 CN2021132469W WO2022111477A1 WO 2022111477 A1 WO2022111477 A1 WO 2022111477A1 CN 2021132469 W CN2021132469 W CN 2021132469W WO 2022111477 A1 WO2022111477 A1 WO 2022111477A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sul
ndl
sdl
reference signal
configuration information
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2021/132469
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
王洲
薛丽霞
刘云
徐海博
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to EP21896978.0A priority Critical patent/EP4240084A4/en
Priority to US18/254,115 priority patent/US12549269B2/en
Publication of WO2022111477A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022111477A1/zh
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B17/00—Monitoring; Testing
    • H04B17/30—Monitoring; Testing of propagation channels
    • H04B17/309—Measuring or estimating channel quality parameters
    • H04B17/318—Received signal strength
    • H04B17/328—Reference signal received power [RSRP]; Reference signal received quality [RSRQ]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0617—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal for beam forming
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/08—Testing, supervising or monitoring using real traffic
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/046—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource the resource being in the space domain, e.g. beams
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/542—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using measured or perceived quality
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0833—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0866—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA using a dedicated channel for access

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a random access method, device, and communication device.
  • SUL Super Uplink/Supplementary Uplink, Super Uplink/Supplementary Uplink
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • NR new radio
  • SUL is mainly used to carry users at the edge of NR coverage, and the introduction of SUL can supplement the uplink coverage of high-frequency NR.
  • the terminal may perform uplink transmission through a normal uplink (normal uplink, NUL) or SUL. When the coverage of the uplink carrier becomes poor, the terminal can switch from NUL to SUL.
  • NR new radio
  • LTE long term evolution
  • NR carriers are mainly deployed in frequency bands above 3 GHz.
  • the uplink transmission in the NR and the uplink transmission in the LTE can share the uplink resources in the LTE carrier; wherein, the shared uplink in the LTE carrier is available for the NR uplink transmission.
  • the resource portion may be referred to as the supplemental uplink resource of the NR carrier.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a random access method, the method includes: a first network device uses a normal downlink NDL beam to send a supplementary uplink SUL corresponding to the NDL beam to a user equipment UE configuration information, the SUL configuration information includes the SUL identifier of at least one SUL and at least one SUL threshold, and the SUL configuration information corresponding to different NDL beams is different; wherein, the at least one SUL is the SUL provided by the second network device; the at least one SUL The SUL identifier of the SUL includes a first SUL identifier, and the at least one SUL threshold includes a first SUL threshold corresponding to the first SUL identifier; so that the UE measures the reference signal strength corresponding to the NDL beam, if the reference signal strength is less than the the first SUL threshold, the UE initiates random access from the first SUL corresponding to the first SUL identifier.
  • different SUL configuration information in different NDL beams that is, different SUL cells are configured in different NDL beams.
  • UEs located in the coverage of different NDL beams can choose to initiate random access from the SUL configured in the NDL beams.
  • Different SULs are distinguished by different beams, and the random access method provided by the embodiments of the present application can solve the technical problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish different SULs.
  • the SUL configuration information includes SUL identifiers of multiple SULs and multiple SUL thresholds, and the SUL configuration information also includes one of the following parameters of each SUL or A combination of several parameters: first validity identifier, priority information; and/or, the NDL beam also includes an SSBindex, and different NDL beams include different SSBindexes, and the SSBindex is used to indicate that a random access is initiated.
  • the SUL can be flexibly configured in combination with the validity identifier, priority information, and SSB index, so that the UE can select the SUL for access according to different scenarios.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes a second validity identifier of the SUL threshold.
  • the SUL threshold included in the SUL configuration information may be invalid, so that the UE may initiate random access from the NUL. It can be used to distinguish the area with SUL coverage from the area without SUL coverage, and solve the problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish the area without SUL coverage.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a random access method, the method includes: a user equipment UE receives a normal downlink NDL beam sent by the above-mentioned first network device, where the NDL beam includes the same NDL beam as the NDL beam
  • Corresponding supplementary uplink SUL configuration information the SUL configuration information includes the SUL identifier of at least one SUL and at least one SUL threshold; wherein, the NDL beam is a beam sent by the first network device, and the at least one SUL is the second network.
  • the SUL identifier of the at least one SUL includes a first SUL identifier
  • the at least one SUL threshold includes a first SUL threshold corresponding to the first SUL identifier
  • the UE measures the reference signal corresponding to the NDL beam Strength; if the reference signal strength is less than the first SUL threshold, the UE initiates random access from the first SUL corresponding to the first SUL identifier.
  • the NDL beams received by the UE in different areas are different, and the SUL configuration information included in the different NDL beams is different.
  • different SUL configuration information in different NDL beams that is, different SUL cells are configured in different NDL beams.
  • UEs located in the coverage of different NDL beams can choose to initiate random access from the SUL configured in the NDL beams.
  • Different SULs are distinguished by different beams, and the random access method provided by the embodiments of the present application can solve the technical problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish different SULs.
  • the first network device is a base station, or a small cell, or other user equipment.
  • the SUL configuration information includes SUL identifiers of multiple SULs and multiple SUL thresholds, the SUL configuration information further includes the first validity identifier and/or priority information of each SUL; the first validity identifier of the SUL corresponding to the first SUL identifier is valid and/or highest priority.
  • the SUL configuration information includes SUL identifiers of multiple SULs and multiple SUL thresholds, and the NDL The beam further includes an SSBindex, the SSBindex included in different NDL beams received by the UE is different, and the SSBindex is used to indicate the first SUL.
  • the first SUL identifier is the remainder of the value of the SSBindex and the total number of multiple SULs, or the first SUL identifier is SUL is identified as the value of SSBindex.
  • the SUL can be flexibly configured in combination with the validity identifier, priority information, and SSB index, so that the UE can select the SUL for access according to different scenarios.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes the at least one SUL the second validity identifier of the threshold
  • the method further includes: if the second validity identifier of the SUL threshold is invalid or the SUL threshold is 0 or a negative value, initiating random access from the NUL.
  • the SUL threshold included in the SUL configuration information may be invalid, so that the UE may initiate random access from the NUL. It can be used to distinguish the area with SUL coverage from the area without SUL coverage, and solve the problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish the area without SUL coverage.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a random access apparatus, which is applied to a first network device.
  • the apparatus includes: a sending module, configured to use a normal downlink NDL beam to send the NDL beam to a user equipment UE.
  • the SUL configuration information includes the SUL identifier of at least one SUL and at least one SUL threshold, and the SUL configuration information corresponding to different NDL beams is different; wherein, the at least one SUL is provided for the second network device
  • the SUL identifier of the at least one SUL includes the first SUL identifier, and the at least one SUL threshold value includes the first SUL threshold value corresponding to the first SUL identifier; so that the UE measures the reference signal strength corresponding to the NDL beam, if The reference signal strength is less than the first SUL threshold, and the UE initiates random access from the first SUL corresponding to the first SUL identifier.
  • different SUL configuration information in different NDL beams that is, different SUL cells are configured in different NDL beams.
  • UEs located in the coverage of different NDL beams can choose to initiate random access from the SUL configured in the NDL beams.
  • Different SULs are distinguished by different beams, and the random access apparatus provided according to the embodiment of the present application can solve the technical problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish different SULs.
  • the SUL configuration information includes SUL identifiers of multiple SULs and multiple SUL thresholds, and the SUL configuration information also includes one of the following parameters of each SUL or A combination of several parameters: first validity identifier, priority information; and/or, the NDL beam also includes an SSBindex, and different NDL beams include different SSBindexes, and the SSBindex is used to indicate that a random access is initiated.
  • the SUL can be flexibly configured in combination with the validity identifier, priority information, and SSB index, so that the UE can select the SUL for access according to different scenarios.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes a second validity identifier of the SUL threshold.
  • the SUL threshold included in the SUL configuration information may be invalid, so that the UE may initiate random access from the NUL. It can be used to distinguish the area with SUL coverage from the area without SUL coverage, and solve the problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish the area without SUL coverage.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a random access apparatus, which can be applied to a user equipment UE, and the apparatus includes:
  • the second receiving module is configured to receive the normal downlink NDL beam sent by the first network device, the NDL beam includes supplementary uplink SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam, and the SUL configuration information includes SUL of at least one SUL an identifier, and at least one SUL threshold; wherein, the NDL beam is a beam sent by a first network device, and the at least one SUL is an SUL provided by a second network device; the SUL identifier of the at least one SUL includes the first SUL identifier, The at least one SUL threshold includes a first SUL threshold corresponding to the first SUL identifier; a third measurement module for measuring the reference signal strength corresponding to the NDL beam; and a first access module for if the reference signal If the strength is less than the first SUL threshold, random access is initiated from the first SUL corresponding to the first SUL identifier.
  • the NDL beams received by the UE in different areas are different, and the SUL configuration information included in the different NDL beams is different.
  • different SUL configuration information in different NDL beams that is, different SUL cells are configured in different NDL beams.
  • UEs located in the coverage of different NDL beams can choose to initiate random access from the SUL configured in the NDL beams.
  • Different SULs are distinguished by different beams, and the random access apparatus provided according to the embodiment of the present application can solve the technical problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish different SULs.
  • the first network device is a base station, or a small cell, or other user equipment.
  • the SUL configuration information includes SUL identifiers of multiple SULs and multiple SUL thresholds, the SUL configuration information also includes the first validity identifier and/or priority information of each SUL; the first validity identifier of the SUL corresponding to the first SUL identifier is valid and/or highest priority.
  • the SUL configuration information includes SUL identifiers of multiple SULs and multiple SUL thresholds, and the NDL The beam further includes an SSBindex, the SSBindex included in different NDL beams received by the UE is different, and the SSBindex is used to indicate the first SUL.
  • the first SUL identifier is the remainder of the value of the SSBindex and the total number of multiple SULs, or the first SUL identifier is SUL is identified as the value of SSBindex.
  • the SUL can be flexibly configured in combination with the validity identifier, priority information, and SSB index, so that the UE can select the SUL for access according to different scenarios.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes the at least one SUL The second validity identifier of the threshold
  • the apparatus further includes: a second access module, configured to initiate a random access from the NUL if the second validity identifier of the SUL threshold is invalid or the SUL threshold is 0 or a negative value enter.
  • the SUL threshold included in the SUL configuration information may be invalid, so that the UE may initiate random access from the NUL. It can be used to distinguish the area with SUL coverage from the area without SUL coverage, and solve the problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish the area without SUL coverage.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a random access method, the method includes: a network device sends supplementary uplink SUL configuration information to a user equipment UE, where the SUL configuration information includes: a plurality of SULs and Multiple supplementary downlink SDLs and SDL measurement configuration information respectively matched with the multiple SULs; enabling the user equipment UE to measure the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and corresponding from the second SDL
  • the SUL initiates random access; wherein, the second SDL is at least one first SDL with the highest reference signal strength, and the at least one first SDL is the reference signal strength of the multiple SDLs from the UE according to the reference strength of the multiple SDLs. Selected from multiple SDLs.
  • the UE can measure the reference signal strength of SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and select SUL according to the reference signal strength of SDL Initiating random access enables the UE to distinguish different SULs according to the selected strategy, which can solve the technical problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish different SULs.
  • sending the SUL configuration information to the UE by the network device includes: the network device omnidirectionally broadcasts the SUL configuration information.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes: a normal downlink NDL threshold and/or multiple SDL thresholds.
  • the distance between the UE and the network equipment that provides NUL resources can be more accurately determined, and a more suitable UL can be selected to initiate random access.
  • a part of the SULs that cannot provide services can be filtered, and the final SUL that can provide services can be selected.
  • the access SUL can improve the access efficiency.
  • the network device sending the SUL configuration information to the UE includes: the network device uses the NDL beam to send the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam to the UE, and the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam is sent to the UE It includes one SUL, one SDL matching the one SUL, and SDL measurement configuration information; the SUL configuration information corresponding to different NDL beams is different.
  • the random access method according to the present application can solve the technical problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish different SULs.
  • the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam further includes: an NDL threshold and/or an SDL threshold.
  • the distance between the UE and the network equipment that provides NUL resources can be more accurately determined, and a more suitable UL can be selected to initiate random access.
  • a part of the SULs that cannot provide services can be filtered, and the final SUL that can provide services can be selected.
  • the access SUL can improve the access efficiency.
  • the network device sending the SUL configuration information to the UE includes: the network device uses the NDL beam to send the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam to the UE, and the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam is sent to the UE It includes multiple SULs, multiple SDLs and SDL measurement configuration information that match the multiple SULs respectively; the NDL beam also includes an SSBindex, and the SSBindex included in different NDL beams is different, and the SSBindex is used to indicate The SUL for initiating random access; and/or, the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam further includes one of the following parameters or a combination of several parameters of each SUL: validity identifier and priority information.
  • the SUL can be flexibly configured in combination with the validity identifier, priority information, and SSB index, so that the UE can select the SUL for access according to different scenarios.
  • the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam further includes: an NDL threshold and/or an SDL threshold.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a random access method, the method includes: a user equipment UE receives supplementary uplink SUL configuration information sent by the network device of the fifth aspect, where the SUL configuration information includes a plurality of SULs, a plurality of supplementary downlink SDLs respectively matching the plurality of SULs, and SDL measurement configuration information; the UE measures the reference signal strengths of the plurality of SDLs according to the SDL measurement configuration information; the UE measures the reference signal strengths of the plurality of SDLs according to the plurality of The reference signal strength of the SDL selects at least one first SDL from the plurality of SDLs, selects a second SDL from the at least one first SDL, and the reference signal strength of the second SDL is the highest among the at least one first SDL ; The UE initiates random access from the SUL corresponding to the second SDL.
  • the SUL configuration information includes a plurality of SULs, a plurality of supplementary downlink SDLs respectively matching the plurality of S
  • the UE can measure the reference signal strength of SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and according to the reference signal strength of SDL The signal strength selects the SUL to initiate random access, so that the UE can distinguish different SULs according to the selected strategy, which can solve the technical problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish different SULs.
  • the UE receiving the SUL configuration information includes: the UE receiving a normal downlink NDL beam, the NDL beam includes SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam, and the NDL beam corresponds to
  • the SUL configuration information includes one SUL, one SDL matching the one SUL, and SDL measurement configuration information.
  • the random access method according to the present application can solve the technical problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish different SULs.
  • the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam includes multiple SULs, multiple SDLs and SDLs respectively matched with the multiple SULs Measurement configuration information; the NDL beam also includes SSBindex, the SSBindex included in different NDL beams is different, and the SSBindex is used to indicate the SUL used to initiate random access; and/or, SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam It also includes: one of the following parameters or a combination of several parameters of each SUL: validity identifier, priority information.
  • the UE selects at least one first SDL from the multiple SDLs according to the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs, including: the UE according to The reference signal strength of multiple SDLs and one of the following parameters or a combination of several parameters to select at least one first SDL from the multiple SDLs: SSBindex, validity identifier, priority information; SUL corresponding to the first SDL For the SUL pointed to by SSBindex, the validity flag is valid or has the highest priority.
  • the SUL can be flexibly configured in combination with the validity identifier, priority information, and SSB index, so that the UE can select the SUL for access according to different scenarios.
  • the UE receiving the SUL configuration information includes: the UE receiving the SUL configuration information broadcast by the network device of the fifth aspect.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes NDL measurement configuration information, so The method further includes: the UE measures the reference signal strength of the normal downlink NDL; the UE selects at least one first SDL from the multiple SDLs according to the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs, including: the UE selects at least one first SDL from the multiple SDLs according to the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs.
  • the signal strength and the reference signal strength of the NDL at least one first SDL is selected from the plurality of SDLs, and the reference signal strength of the at least one first SDL is greater than the reference signal strength of the NDL.
  • the method further includes: if the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are not measured, or the measured reference signal strengths When the reference signal strengths of multiple SDLs are less than or equal to the reference signal strengths of the NDLs, and the reference signal strengths of the NDLs are measured, the UE initiates random access from the NUL.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes an NDL threshold, so The method further includes: the UE measures the reference signal strength of the normal downlink NDL; when the reference signal strength of the NDL is less than the NDL threshold, the SDL whose reference signal strength is measured is the at least one first SDL.
  • the method further includes: if the reference signal strength of the NDL is not less than the NDL threshold, the UE initiates random access from the NUL; If the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are not measured, and the reference signal strengths of the NDLs are measured, the UE initiates random access from the NUL.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes an NDL threshold and SDL corresponding SDL threshold
  • the method further includes: the UE measures the reference signal strength of the normal downlink NDL; the reference signal strength of the at least one first SDL is greater than the corresponding SDL threshold, and selecting from the at least one first SDL
  • the second SDL includes: if the reference signal of the NDL is less than the NDL threshold, the UE selects the second SDL with the highest reference signal strength from the first SDL to initiate random access.
  • the method further includes: if the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are not measured, or the measured reference signal strengths The reference signal strengths of multiple SDLs are less than or equal to the corresponding SDL thresholds, and when the reference signal strengths of the NDLs are measured, the UE initiates random access from the NUL; if the reference signals of the NDLs are greater than or equal to the NDL threshold, the UE initiates random access from NUL.
  • the SUL configuration information includes an SDL threshold corresponding to the SDL
  • the method further includes: the UE measures the reference signal strength of the normal downlink NDL; the UE selects at least one first SDL from the multiple SDLs according to the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs, including: the UE selects at least one first SDL from the multiple SDLs according to the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs With reference to the signal strength, the SDL threshold, and the reference signal strength of the NDL, at least one first SDL is selected from the plurality of SDLs, and the reference signal strength of the at least one first SDL is greater than the corresponding SDL threshold and greater than the NDL Reference signal strength.
  • the method further includes: if the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are not measured, or, if the measured reference signal strengths are The reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are less than or equal to the corresponding SDL threshold, or the measured reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are less than the reference signal strengths of the NDLs, and the measured reference signal strengths of the NDLs are strength, the UE initiates random access from NUL.
  • the distance between the UE and the network equipment that provides NUL resources can be more accurately determined, and a more suitable UL can be selected to initiate random access.
  • a part of the SULs that cannot provide services can be filtered, and the final SUL that can provide services can be selected.
  • the access SUL can improve the access efficiency.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a random access apparatus, which is applied to a network device, the apparatus includes: a configuration module, configured to send supplementary uplink SUL configuration information to a user equipment UE, the SUL configuration The information includes: multiple SULs, multiple supplementary downlink SDLs matching the multiple SULs, and SDL measurement configuration information, so that the user equipment UE measures the reference signals of the multiple SDLs according to the SDL measurement configuration information strength, and initiate random access from the SUL corresponding to the second SDL; wherein, the second SDL is the highest reference signal strength in at least one first SDL, and the at least one first SDL is the The reference strength of the plurality of SDLs is selected from the plurality of SDLs.
  • the UE can measure the reference signal strength of SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and according to the reference signal strength of SDL The signal strength selects the SUL to initiate random access, so that the UE can distinguish different SULs according to the selected strategy, which can solve the technical problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish different SULs.
  • the configuration module includes: a broadcasting unit, configured to omnidirectionally broadcast the SUL configuration information.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes: a normal downlink NDL threshold and/or multiple SDL thresholds.
  • the distance between the UE and the network equipment that provides NUL resources can be more accurately determined, and a more suitable UL can be selected to initiate random access.
  • a part of the SULs that cannot provide services can be filtered, and the final SUL that can provide services can be selected.
  • the access SUL can improve the access efficiency.
  • the configuration module includes: a first sending unit, configured to send the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam to the UE by using the NDL beam, and the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam to the UE It includes one SUL, one SDL matching the one SUL, and SDL measurement configuration information; the SUL configuration information corresponding to different NDL beams is different.
  • the random access device can solve the technical problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish different SULs.
  • the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam further includes: an NDL threshold and/or an SDL threshold.
  • the NDL threshold the distance between the UE and the network equipment that provides NUL resources can be more accurately determined, and a more suitable UL can be selected to initiate random access.
  • the SDL threshold a part of the SULs that cannot provide services can be filtered, and the final SUL that can provide services can be selected.
  • the access SUL can improve the access efficiency.
  • the configuration module includes: a second sending unit, configured to use an NDL beam to send SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam, where the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam includes multiple SULs, multiple SDLs that match the multiple SULs, and SDL measurement configuration information; the NDL beam also includes an SSBindex, and different NDL beams include different SSBindexes, and the SSBindex is used to indicate that the random Accessed SUL; and/or, the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam further includes one of the following parameters or a combination of several parameters of each SUL: validity identifier and priority information.
  • the SUL can be flexibly configured in combination with the validity identifier, priority information, and SSB index, so that the UE can select the SUL for access according to different scenarios.
  • the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam further includes: an NDL threshold and/or an SDL threshold.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a random access apparatus, which is applied to a user equipment UE, the apparatus includes: a first receiving module, configured to receive a supplementary uplink SUL sent by the network equipment of the seventh aspect configuration information, the SUL configuration information includes multiple SULs, multiple supplementary downlink SDLs that are respectively matched with the multiple SULs, and SDL measurement configuration information; a first measurement module, configured to measure the configuration according to the SDLs The information measures the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs; the selection module is configured to select at least one first SDL from the multiple SDLs according to the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs, and select the first SDL from the at least one first SDL. Two SDLs, in the at least one first SDL, the reference signal strength of the second SDL is the highest; the first access module is configured to initiate random access from the SUL corresponding to the second SDL.
  • the UE can measure the reference signal strength of SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and according to the reference signal strength of SDL The signal strength selects the SUL to initiate random access, so that the UE can distinguish different SULs according to the selected strategy, which can solve the technical problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish different SULs.
  • the first receiving module includes: a first receiving unit configured to receive a normal downlink NDL beam, where the NDL beam includes a SUL configuration corresponding to the NDL beam information, the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam includes one SUL, one SDL matching the one SUL, and SDL measurement configuration information.
  • the random access device can solve the technical problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish different SULs.
  • the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam includes multiple SULs, multiple SDLs and SDLs respectively matched with the multiple SULs Measurement configuration information; the NDL beam also includes SSBindex, the SSBindex included in different NDL beams is different, and the SSBindex is used to indicate the SUL used to initiate random access; and/or, SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam It also includes: one of the following parameters or a combination of several parameters of each SUL: validity identifier, priority information.
  • the selection module includes: a first selection unit, configured to use reference signal strengths of multiple SDLs and one of the following parameters or The combination of several parameters selects at least one first SDL from the multiple SDLs: SSBindex, validity identifier, priority information; the SUL corresponding to the first SDL is the SUL pointed to by the SSBindex, and the validity identifier is valid or priority. highest level.
  • the SUL can be flexibly configured in combination with the validity identifier, priority information, and SSB index, so that the UE can select the SUL for access according to different scenarios.
  • the first receiving module includes: a second receiving unit, configured to receive the SUL configuration information broadcast by the network device.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes NDL measurement configuration information
  • the apparatus further includes: a second measurement module for measuring the reference signal strength of normal downlink NDLs;
  • the selection module includes: a second selection unit for reference signal strengths according to the plurality of SDLs and NDLs Signal strength, at least one first SDL is selected from the plurality of SDLs, and the reference signal strength of the at least one first SDL is greater than the reference signal strength of the NDL.
  • the apparatus further includes: a second access module, configured to, if the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are not measured, , or, the measured reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are less than or equal to the reference signal strengths of the NDLs, and when the NDL reference signal strengths are measured, random access is initiated from the NUL.
  • a second access module configured to, if the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are not measured, , or, the measured reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are less than or equal to the reference signal strengths of the NDLs, and when the NDL reference signal strengths are measured, random access is initiated from the NUL.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes an NDL threshold
  • the apparatus further includes: a second measurement module for measuring the reference signal strength of the normal downlink NDL; when the reference signal strength of the NDL is less than the NDL threshold, the measured SDL of the reference signal strength is the at least one First SDL.
  • the apparatus further includes: a second access module, configured to: if the reference signal strength of the NDL is not less than the NDL threshold, the UE The random access is initiated from the NUL; if the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are not measured, and the reference signal strengths of the NDLs are measured, the UE initiates random access from the NUL.
  • a second access module configured to: if the reference signal strength of the NDL is not less than the NDL threshold, the UE The random access is initiated from the NUL; if the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are not measured, and the reference signal strengths of the NDLs are measured, the UE initiates random access from the NUL.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes an NDL threshold and SDL corresponding SDL threshold
  • the apparatus further includes: a second measurement module for measuring the reference signal strength of the normal downlink NDL; the reference signal strength of the at least one first SDL is greater than the corresponding SDL threshold
  • the selection module It includes: a third selection unit, configured to select a second SDL with the highest reference signal strength from the first SDL if the reference signal of the NDL is smaller than the NDL threshold.
  • the apparatus further includes: a second access module, configured to, if the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are not measured, , or, if the measured reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are less than or equal to the corresponding SDL threshold, and if the measured reference signal strengths of the NDLs are measured, the UE initiates random access from the NUL;
  • the SUL configuration information includes an SDL threshold corresponding to the SDL
  • the apparatus further includes: a second measurement module for E to measure the reference signal strength of the normal downlink NDL
  • the selection module includes: a fourth selection unit for the reference signal strength of multiple SDLs, the SDL threshold and NDL reference signal strength, at least one first SDL is selected from the plurality of SDLs, and the reference signal strength of the at least one first SDL is greater than the corresponding SDL threshold and greater than the reference signal strength of the NDL.
  • the apparatus further includes: a second access module, configured to, if the reference of the multiple SDLs is not measured Signal strength, or, the measured reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are less than or equal to the corresponding SDL threshold, or, the measured reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are less than the reference signal strengths of the NDLs, and, After measuring the reference signal strength of the NDL, the UE initiates random access from the NUL.
  • a second access module configured to, if the reference of the multiple SDLs is not measured Signal strength, or, the measured reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are less than or equal to the corresponding SDL threshold, or, the measured reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are less than the reference signal strengths of the NDLs, and, After measuring the reference signal strength of the NDL, the UE initiates random access from the NUL.
  • the distance between the UE and the network equipment that provides NUL resources can be more accurately determined, and a more suitable UL can be selected to initiate random access.
  • a part of the SULs that cannot provide services can be filtered, and the final SUL can be selected from the SULs that can provide services.
  • the access SUL can improve the access efficiency.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, where the terminal device can execute the second aspect or one or more random access methods in multiple possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, where the terminal device can execute the fourth aspect or one or more random access methods in multiple possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, comprising computer-readable codes, or a non-volatile computer-readable storage medium carrying computer-readable codes, when the computer-readable codes are stored in an
  • the processor in the electronic device executes the first aspect or one or more of the random access methods in the multiple possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, comprising computer-readable codes, or a non-volatile computer-readable storage medium carrying computer-readable codes, when the computer-readable codes are stored in
  • the processor in the electronic device executes the third aspect or one or more random access methods of the various possible implementation manners of the third aspect.
  • FIG. 1A is an example diagram of a communication scenario involved in an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 1B is an example diagram of a communication scenario involved in an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 1C shows a schematic diagram of a specific scenario of non-co-site deployment according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2A shows a schematic diagram of random access in a communication scenario of co-site deployment.
  • FIG. 2B shows a schematic diagram of a communication scenario of non-co-site deployment according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3A shows a schematic diagram of a random access scenario according to an example of the present application.
  • FIG. 3B shows a schematic diagram of different SUL thresholds for different NDL beam configurations according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3C shows a schematic diagram of a random access scenario according to an example of the present application.
  • FIG. 3D shows a schematic diagram of a random access scenario according to an example of the present application.
  • FIG. 3E shows a schematic diagram of a random access scenario according to an example of the present application.
  • FIG. 4A shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4B shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4C shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4D shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5A shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5B shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5C shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5D shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6A shows a schematic diagram of a random access scenario according to an example of the present application.
  • FIG. 6B shows a schematic diagram of a random access scenario according to an example of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 shows an interaction diagram of a random access method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 shows an interaction diagram of a random access method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 shows a block diagram of a random access apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 shows a block diagram of a random access apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 shows a block diagram of a random access apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 shows a block diagram of a random access apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 shows a block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex, Frequency Division Duplex
  • the air interface is the radio frequency part of the loop between the mobile device and the active base station, which can be constantly switched as the user moves.
  • UE User Equipment
  • user equipment terminal equipment
  • user terminals in mobile communications such as smart phones, netbooks, tablet computers, notebook computers, wearable electronic devices (such as smart bracelets, smart watches, etc.), TV, virtual reality Equipment, audio, e-ink, and more.
  • eNB/eNodeB Evolved Node B, Evolved Node B, network equipment, 4G base station
  • wireless link maintenance function Wireless link Road maintenance function, maintaining the wireless link with the terminal, and responsible for the protocol conversion between wireless link data and IP data
  • wireless resource management function including the establishment and release of wireless links, scheduling and allocation of wireless resources, etc.
  • Part of the mobility management functions including configuring the terminal for measurement, evaluating the wireless link quality of the terminal, and deciding on the handover of the terminal between cells.
  • gNB next Generation Node B
  • NR Node B new air interface network equipment
  • 5G base station 5G base station
  • RSRP Reference Signal Receiving Power
  • reference signal received power is one of the key parameters that can represent the wireless signal strength and one of the physical layer measurement requirements in the LTE network.
  • NUL Normal UpLink
  • Normal Uplink normal uplink
  • uplink resources provided by NR technology.
  • NDL Normal DownLink
  • Normal downlink downlink resources provided by NR technology.
  • SUL Super Uplink/Supplementary Uplink
  • super uplink/supplementary uplink used to carry users at the edge of NR coverage, supplementary to NUL.
  • Supplementary Downlink Supplementary Downlink, configured in pairs with SUL.
  • SIB System Information Block
  • system information block system information block constitutes system information
  • system information is cell-level information
  • each system information block contains a set of a series of parameters related to a function.
  • SSB synchronization signal block
  • synchronization signal block is a combination of synchronization signal and PBCH block (Synchronization Signal and PBCH block).
  • SSS Synchronization Signal and PBCH block
  • PBCH Physical Broadcast Channel, physical broadcast channel
  • Cell also known as cell, refers to the area covered by a base station or a part of the base station (sector antenna) in a cellular mobile communication system. In this area, the mobile station can reliably communicate with the base station through the wireless channel. communication.
  • a lower frequency band such as ⁇ 3GHz
  • SUL band supplementary uplink frequency band
  • a SUL can be associated with TDD or FDD band (including NDL/NUL) and still become a cell
  • SUL technology can allow The UE selects uplink resources in the NUL and SUL carriers to initiate random access. For example, after parsing the SUL configuration information in the SIB, the UE can know that there is a SUL carrier in the cell, and according to the corresponding configuration parameters (access resources, access rules, etc.) ) Initiating random access on the NUL or SUL carrier, and by adding initial access and data transmission on the SUL, the defect that NUL is weaker than NDL in UL coverage can be compensated.
  • FIG. 1A is an exemplary diagram of a communication scenario involved in an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 1B is an exemplary diagram of a communication scenario involved in an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 1A shows a wireless communication scenario of LTE-NR co-site deployment
  • FIG. 1B shows a wireless communication scenario of LTE-NR non-co-site deployment
  • FIG. 1C shows the specific non-co-site deployment according to an embodiment of the present application
  • a schematic diagram of a scenario, SUL can be applied to wireless communication scenarios of co-site deployment and non-co-site deployment.
  • the network device 100 supports both LTE technology and NR technology, and belongs to LTE-NR co-site deployment.
  • the dotted circle in FIG. 1A may represent the range of uplink coverage of the NR carrier of the network device 100
  • the circle with solid line may represent the range of uplink coverage of the LTE carrier.
  • the LTE UE1 is an LTE terminal (that is, the uplink and downlink resources in the LTE carrier can be used for signal transmission with the network device 100)
  • the NR UE1 is an NR terminal (that is, the uplink and downlink resources in the NR carrier can be used.
  • the network device 100 can be used for signal transmission
  • the NR UE2 is an NR terminal that supports uplink sharing (that is, the uplink and downlink resources in the NR carrier can be used for signal transmission with the network device 100, and the SUL resources can also be used for uplink transmission with the network device 100). If the NR UE2 uses the uplink resources in the NR carrier to send the uplink signal to the network device 100, due to the high frequency of the NR carrier, the large path loss, or the limited power of the NR UE2, etc., the quality of the uplink signal received by the network device 100 may be affected.
  • signal transmission may also be described as information transmission or data transmission.
  • the network device 200 is an NR base station
  • the network device 300 is an LTE base station.
  • curve 1 represents the boundary line of the uplink coverage area of NR
  • curve 2 represents the boundary line of the downlink coverage area of NR.
  • the annular area between 2 and curve 1 represents the area where the uplink and downlink coverage does not match.
  • NR UE3 is an NR terminal (that is, it can use the uplink and downlink resources in the NR carrier for signal transmission with the network device 2)
  • NR UE4 is an NR terminal that supports uplink sharing (that is, it can use the uplink and downlink resources in the NR carrier to communicate with the network device 2).
  • the network device 200 performs signal transmission, and can also use SUL resources to perform uplink transmission with the network device 300). If the NR UE4 uses the uplink resources in the NR carrier to send the uplink signal to the network device 200, due to the high frequency of the NR carrier and the large path loss, the quality of the uplink signal received by the network device 200 may be poor, and the uplink signal cannot be received correctly, Therefore, the NR UE4 can use the SUL resource to send the uplink signal to the network device 300 (that is, the downlink transmitting node and the uplink receiving node of the NR UE4 are not in the same node), and then the network device 300 can send the uplink signal to the network device 200, thereby improving the performance of the network.
  • the annular area between curve 2 and curve 1 can supplement the NUL through one other LTE carrier to improve the uplink coverage in NR, and can also seamlessly improve the uplink coverage in NR through other multiple LTE carriers, so that The UE may initiate random access using SUL resources.
  • the downlink coverage of the NR carrier of the base station (NR network equipment) operating at 3.5GHz is shown as the large circle in Fig. 1C, and the uplink coverage of the NR carrier is as shown in Fig. 1C.
  • the line arrow is the diameter of the circle covered by the range.
  • the fan-shaped area in the dotted line is the area where the uplink and downlink coverage does not match.
  • the LTE carrier of the base station (LTE network device) operating at 1.8GHz can be used as a supplement to the uplink resources to improve the uplink coverage in the NR. If the UE in FIG.
  • random access can be initiated from the SUL, and the SUL resource can be used to send the uplink signal to the LTE network device, and then the LTE network device can send the uplink signal to the NR network device.
  • the uplink coverage of the NR of the NR network equipment is achieved.
  • the process of the UE performing random access may include:
  • the network device 100 sends SUL configuration information to the user equipment, and the SUL configuration information may include: frequency domain information of uplink resources, common configuration information of uplink resources, and the like.
  • the frequency domain information of the uplink resources may include: uplink carrier frequency point information, uplink subcarrier offset information, and the like.
  • the common configuration information of uplink resources may include: random access channel (random access channel, RACH) configuration information, physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH) configuration information, physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH) Configuration information, channel sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS) configuration information and power control configuration information, etc.
  • the RACH configuration information may include: time domain (subframe, time slot, symbol and/or period, etc.) resources, frequency domain (resource block information and/or frequency hopping) of a physical random access channel (PRACH) etc.) frequency domain and code division multiplexing (orthogonal cover code and/or cyclic shift, etc.) resources, etc., that is, PRACH resources include at least one of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, and code domain resources.
  • PRACH physical random access channel
  • the configuration information (SUL configuration information) of the uplink resources may be carried in the system message block SIB; of course, it may also be carried in other messages, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the UE may decide to initiate random access from SUL or NUL based on the distance from the NR base station, and the distance between the UE and the NR base station may be measured according to the NDL Reference Signal Strength (RSRP).
  • the SUL configuration information can carry an RSRP threshold.
  • the UE can measure the NDL RSRP of the cell where the UE is located. According to the NDL RSRP, the distance between the UE and the network device can be measured, and the NDL RSRP can be compared with the RSRP threshold.
  • the RSRP of the NDL is less than the RSRP threshold, it means that the UE is far away from the network equipment, and the UE can initiate random access from the SUL. If the RSRP of the NDL is not less than the RSRP threshold, it means that the UE is within a certain range from the network equipment, and the UE can Random access is initiated from NUL.
  • FIG. 2A shows a schematic diagram of random access in a communication scenario of co-site deployment.
  • the inner curve can represent the boundary of the range that can be covered when the reference signal is the RSRP threshold value
  • the curve NUL represents the boundary of the range that can be covered by the NUL signal of the network device 100
  • the curve SUL represents the SUL signal of the network device 100
  • the boundary of the range that can be covered, the curve NDL represents the boundary of the range that the NDL signal of the network device 100 can cover.
  • the UE may be within the coverage of the curve RSRP. Then, the NUL service can meet the needs of the UE. The UE may select NUL to initiate random access. If the RSRP of the NDL is not greater than the RSRP threshold, the NUL service may not be able to cover the location of the UE, or the NUL signal at the location of the UE is relatively poor, but the UE is within the coverage of the SUL service, then the UE can select SUL to initiate random access.
  • the existing access rules can be used to solve the problem of UE random access in the scenario of co-site deployment. From the perspective of the long-term evolution of SUL, there are more applications of random access in the communication scenario of non-co-site deployment, but the existing The application of the rules cannot achieve good random access in non-co-site deployment communication scenarios.
  • FIG. 2B shows a schematic diagram of a communication scenario of non-co-site deployment according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 11 may support the NR technology
  • the network device 12 , the network device 13 and the network device 14 may support the LTE technology.
  • the boundary line of the downlink coverage area of the network device 11 is shown as the curve NDL in FIG. 2B
  • the boundary line of the uplink coverage area of the network device 11 is shown as the curve NUL in FIG. 2B
  • the curve RSRP can represent the coverage area of the RSRP threshold. boundary.
  • the annular area between the curve NUL and the curve NDL can seamlessly improve the uplink coverage in NR through 3 LTE carriers, so that when the UE is located at the edge of the coverage of the network device 11, it can Select SUL to initiate random access.
  • a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish different SULs, that is to say, the UE can only measure the distance from the UE to the network device 11 according to the measured NDL RSRP and the RSRP threshold.
  • the UE cannot Determining the distance from the network device 12, network device 13 or network device 14 providing the SUL makes it impossible to distinguish between different SULs.
  • the UE cannot select the access SUL according to the comparison result of the detected NDL RSRP and the RSRP threshold. In other words, when the determined NDL RSRP is less than the RSRP threshold, the UE cannot select the access SUL according to the RSRP threshold.
  • a suitable SUL is selected among the three SULs shown in 2B: SUL-1, SUL-2 and SUL-3 to initiate random access.
  • the UE if the UE is not within the coverage of the SUL of the network device 300, the UE cannot select the SUL to access according to the comparison result between the RSRP of the NDL and the RSRP threshold, that is, A single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish areas without SUL coverage.
  • the present application provides a random access method, which distinguishes the SUL associated with an NDL in the sent SUL configuration information, so that the user equipment of the terminal can distinguish different SULs according to the SUL configuration information, which is more effective realizes SUL access in the communication scenario of non-co-site deployment.
  • the random access method provided by the present application can be applied to both the non-co-site deployment scenario and the co-site deployment scenario.
  • the network devices involved in this application may include but are not limited to: a base station (BS), a transmission reception point (TRP), which may be a device deployed in a wireless access network that can communicate with a terminal .
  • the base station may also be referred to as a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) device.
  • RAN radio access network
  • the network device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a base station (base transceiver station, BTS) in a global system of mobile communication (GSM) or code division multiple access (CDMA), or a A base station (nodeB, NB) in wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), or an evolved base station (evolutional node B, eNB or eNodeB) in long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), Or relay stations or access points, or base stations in future 5G networks, etc., are not limited here.
  • the base station in the 5G network can also be called gNB.
  • the user equipment involved in the embodiments of the present application may be terminal equipment, and the terminal equipment may also be referred to as a terminal, which may be a wired terminal or a wireless terminal.
  • the wireless terminal may be a device with a wireless transceiver function.
  • the terminal equipment involved in the embodiments of this application can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons, and satellites, etc.) ).
  • the terminal device may also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, intelligent Wireless terminals in power grids, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on.
  • the device that implements the function of the terminal may be a terminal, or may be a device that supports the terminal to implement the function.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are described by taking that the device implementing the functions of the terminal is the terminal, and the terminal is the UE as an example.
  • User equipment user equipment, UE involved in the embodiments of the present application may include a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, or a computing device with a wireless communication function.
  • the UE may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with a wireless transceiver function.
  • the first network device may use an NDL beam to send SIBs with different configurations to the UE, wherein the SIBs include SUL configuration information,
  • the SUL configuration information included in the SIBs in different NDL beams is different. Since the NDL beams received by the UE in different areas are different, the UE can further differentiate the SULs accessed according to the NDL beams.
  • the SUL configuration information may include SUL identification of at least one SUL and at least one SUL threshold.
  • the SUL identifier may be a symbol capable of distinguishing the corresponding SUL from other SULs, and the SUL threshold may indicate the signal strength that the UE refers to when selecting the uplink to access according to the measured reference signal strength.
  • the SUL in the SUL configuration information is the SUL provided by the second network device (the network device 12, or the network device 13, or the network device 14).
  • the first network device may be a base station, a small cell or other user equipment.
  • the other user equipment is the user equipment that transmits the NDL beam relative to the UE that receives the NDL beam.
  • the second network device may also be a base station, a small cell, or other user equipment or the like.
  • the SUL configuration information may further include NDL measurement configuration information
  • the NDL measurement configuration information may include reference signal type and reference signal configuration (eg, subframe configuration, etc.).
  • the UE receives the NDL beam, and the UE can measure the reference signal strength corresponding to the NDL beam in the area where it is located according to the NDL measurement configuration information.
  • the SUL threshold may be the RSRP threshold.
  • the UE may compare the reference signal strength with at least one SUL threshold, for example, may compare the RSRP of the NDL with at least one RSRP threshold, and initiate random access according to the comparison result.
  • network devices and terminal devices can use beamforming technology to send and receive signals.
  • Beamforming can also be called beamforming or spatial filtering, and is a signal processing technology that uses sensor arrays to send and receive signals directionally.
  • the beamforming technology can adjust the parameters of the basic unit of the phased array, so that signals at certain angles can obtain constructive interference, while signals at other angles can obtain destructive interference.
  • the SUL identifiers may be different.
  • the SUL threshold may be the same or different, which is not limited in this application.
  • the SUL configuration information received by the UE within the range covered by the NDL beam is constant, that is, different SUL resources are configured for different areas. In this way, for UEs located in different areas can distinguish the access SUL.
  • the random access method in the above-mentioned embodiments of the present application may be implemented in a variety of different ways, which will be described in the form of examples below.
  • the network device uses different NDL beams to send SIBs with different configurations, that is, the SIBs sent by the network device in the NDL beams in different directions are different.
  • the SIB includes SUL configuration information, and each SIB is configured with a SUL (SUL identifier) and For a SUL threshold, the SUL configuration information in each SIB is different, for example, the SUL identifiers and/or SUL thresholds of the SUL configuration information in the SIBs carried in different NDL beams are different.
  • Table 1.1 shows one implementation of Example 1.
  • FIG. 3A shows a schematic diagram of a random access scenario according to an example of the present application.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the network device 11 through beam1 includes: the SUL identifier SUL config1 of SUL-1 and the SUL threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, the SUL configuration in the SIB sent through beam2
  • the information includes: the SUL identifier SUL config2 of SUL-2 and the SUL threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent through beam3 includes: the SUL identifier SUL config3 of SUL-3 and the SUL threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3. That is, the network device 11 transmits SIBs of different configurations using different NDL beams.
  • the SUL thresholds configured in each beam may be the same or different, which is not limited in this application.
  • the SUL thresholds configured in each NDL beam may be the same, and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3 may all be NDL-RSRP as shown in FIG. 3A (ref). If there are different SUL thresholds configured in the NDL beam, then there is an arc-shaped curve SUL threshold within the coverage of the NDL beam.
  • FIG. 3B shows a schematic diagram of different SUL thresholds for different NDL beam configurations according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the SUL threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1 of SUL-1 may be NDL-RSRP1(ref)
  • the SUL threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2 of SUL-2 may be NDL-RSRP2(ref)
  • SUL-3 The SUL threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3 may be NDL-RSRP3 (ref), which respectively correspond to the three different arc-shaped curves in FIG. 3B .
  • the SUL thresholds in the received SUL configuration information may be different, and the conditions for initiating random access from the SUL are also different.
  • UE1 within the coverage of beam1 receives beam1, UE1 measures the RSRP of NDL in the area where it is located, and compares the RSRP of NDL with NDL-RSRP1rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1 (such as NDL-RSRP(ref) shown in Figure 3A or Figure 3B ) As shown in the comparison of NDL-RSRP1 (ref)), if the RSRP of NDL is less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, UE1 may initiate random access from SUL config1 (eg, SUL-1). If the RSRP of the NDL is not less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, the UE1 can initiate random access from the NUL.
  • SUL config1 eg, SUL-1
  • UE2 within the coverage of beam2 receives beam2, UE2 measures the RSRP of NDL in the area where it is located, and compares the RSRP of NDL with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2 (such as NDL-RSRP(ref) shown in Figure 3A or shown in Figure 3B ) If the RSRP of NDL is less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, UE2 can initiate random access from SUL config2 (eg, SUL-2). If the RSRP of NDL is not less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, UE2 can initiate random access from NUL.
  • SUL config2 eg, SUL-2
  • UE3 within the coverage of beam3 receives beam3, UE3 measures the RSRP of NDL in the area where it is located, and compares the RSRP of NDL with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3 (such as NDL-RSRP(ref) shown in Figure 3A or shown in Figure 3B ) If the NDL RSRP is less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, UE2 can initiate random access from SUL config3 (eg, SUL-3). If the RSRP of NDL is not less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, UE3 can initiate random access from NUL.
  • SUL config3 eg, SUL-3
  • the network device uses different NDL beams to send SIBs with different configurations, that is, the SIBs sent by the network device in NDL beams in different directions are different, and the SIBs include SUL configuration information.
  • each SIB is configured with multiple SULs (SUL identifiers), and each SIB may also be configured with one SUL threshold or SUL thresholds corresponding to multiple SULs respectively.
  • the SUL configuration information may further include a validity identifier of each SUL.
  • the UE receives the beam, and by measuring the reference signal strength of the NDL, it can select a SUL from multiple SULs to initiate random access according to the reference signal strength of the NDL, the SUL threshold, and the validity flag of each SUL.
  • the validity identifiers of the multiple SULs may include one of valid and invalid identifiers.
  • a network device transmits three configurations of SIBs over three NDL beams.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the network device 11 through beam1 includes: SUL config1 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, SUL config2 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, SUL config3 and rsrp- ThresholdSSB-SUL3, where the validity flag of SUL config1 is valid, and the validity flags of SUL config2 and SUL config3 are invalid.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the network device 11 through beam2 includes: SUL config1 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, SUL config2 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, SUL config3 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, where the validity identifier of SUL config3 is valid, and the validity flags of SUL config1 and SUL config2 are invalid.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the network device 11 through beam3 includes: SUL config1 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, SUL config2 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, SUL config3 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, where the validity identifier of SUL config2 is valid, the validity flags of SUL config1 and SUL config3 are invalid.
  • UE1 within the coverage of beam1 receives beam1, UE1 measures the RSRP of NDL in the area where it is located, UE1 can determine the effective SUL as SUL config1 according to the validity identifier, and UE1 can compare the RSRP of NDL with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1 (for example, Fig. Compare the NDL-RSRP (ref) shown in Figure 3A or the NDL-RSRP1 (ref) shown in Figure 3B). If the NDL RSRP is less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, UE1 can initiate a random connection from SUL config1 (SUL-1). enter. If the RSRP of the NDL is not less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, the UE1 can initiate random access from the NUL.
  • UE2 within the coverage of beam2 receives beam2, UE2 measures the RSRP of NDL in the area where it is located, UE2 can determine the effective SUL as SUL config3 according to the validity identifier, and UE2 can compare the RSRP of NDL with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3 (for example, Fig. Compare the NDL-RSRP (ref) shown in Figure 3A or the NDL-RSRP3 (ref) shown in Figure 3B). If the NDL RSRP is less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, UE2 can initiate a random connection from SUL config3 (SUL-3). enter. If the RSRP of NDL is not less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, UE2 can initiate random access from NUL.
  • UE3 within the coverage of beam3 receives beam3, UE3 measures the RSRP of NDL in the area where it is located, UE3 can determine the effective SUL as SUL config2 according to the validity identifier, and UE3 can compare the RSRP of NDL with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2 (for example, Fig. Compare NDL-RSRP(ref) shown in 3A or NDL-RSRP2(ref) shown in FIG. 3B, if the RSRP of NDL is less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, UE3 can initiate random connection from SUL config2 (SUL-2). enter. If the RSRP of NDL is not less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, UE3 can initiate random access from NUL.
  • the SUL threshold corresponding to each SUL may be the same or different, which is not limited in this application.
  • the network device uses different NDL beams to send SIBs with different configurations, that is, the SIBs sent by the network device in NDL beams in different directions are different, and the SIBs include SUL configuration information.
  • each SIB is configured with multiple SULs (SUL identifiers), and each SIB may also be configured with one SUL threshold or SUL thresholds corresponding to multiple SULs respectively.
  • the SUL configuration information may further include priority information of each SUL.
  • the UE when the UE receives the beam and measures the reference signal strength of the NDL, it can select a SUL from multiple SULs to initiate random access according to the reference signal strength of the NDL, the SUL threshold, and the priority information of each SUL. When the reference signal strength of the NDL is less than the SUL threshold, the UE selects the SUL access with the highest priority.
  • multiple priorities may be set, and the priority of each SUL is specified in the configuration information of the SUL.
  • the priority may be expressed in the form of a numerical value, for example, the priority may gradually increase according to the numerical value from small to large, or the priority may gradually decrease according to the numerical value from small to large.
  • the network device sends SIBs with three configurations through three NDL beams, and in the SUL configuration information of the SIBs, the priorities are gradually increased according to the values from small to large.
  • FIG. 3C shows a schematic diagram of a random access scenario according to an example of the present application.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the network device 11 through beam1 includes: SUL config1 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, SUL config2 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, SUL config3 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3 , where the priority of SUL config1 is 3, the priority of SUL config2 is 1, and the priority of SUL config3 is 2, and the priority of SUL config1 is the highest.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the network device 11 through beam2 includes: SUL config1 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, SUL config2 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, SUL config3 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, where the priority of SUL config2 is 3.
  • the priority of SUL config1 is 1, the priority of SUL config3 is 2, and the priority of SUL config2 is the highest.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the network device through beam3 includes: SUL config1 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, SUL config2 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, SUL config3 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, where the priority of SUL config3 is 3 , SUL config1 has a priority of 2, SUL config2 has a priority of 1, and SUL config3 has the highest priority.
  • UE1 within the coverage of beam1 receives beam1, UE1 measures the RSRP of the NDL in its area, UE1 can determine the SUL with the highest priority as SUL config1 according to the priority information, and UE1 can compare the RSRP of NDL with the SUL config1. Compare with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, if the RSRP of NDL is less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, UE1 can initiate random access from SUL config1.
  • UE1 can determine the next highest priority SUL as SUL config3 according to the priority information, UE1 can compare the RSRP of NDL with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, if the RSRP of NDL is SUL config3 Less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, UE1 can initiate random access from SUL config3.
  • UE1 can determine the next highest priority SUL as SUL config2 according to the priority information, UE1 can compare the RSRP of NDL with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, if the RSRP of NDL is SUL config2 Less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, UE1 can initiate random access from SUL config2. If the RSRP of the NDL is not less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, the UE1 can initiate random access from the NUL.
  • UE1 can also initiate random access directly from the NUL. This application does not limit the specific process of initiating random access, and the above process is just an example.
  • UE2 within the coverage of beam2 receives beam2, UE2 measures the RSRP of NDL in the area where it is located, UE2 can determine the SUL with the highest priority as SUL config2 according to the priority information, and UE2 can compare the RSRP of NDL with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2 By comparison, if the RSRP of NDL is less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, UE2 can initiate random access from SUL config2.
  • UE2 can determine the next highest priority SUL according to the priority information as SUL config3, UE2 can compare the RSRP of NDL with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, if the RSRP of NDL is SUL config3 Less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, UE2 can initiate random access from SUL config3.
  • UE2 can determine the next highest priority SUL as SUL config1 according to the priority information, UE2 can compare the RSRP of NDL with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, if the RSRP of NDL is SUL config1 Less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, UE2 can initiate random access from SUL config1. If the RSRP of NDL is not less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, UE2 can initiate random access from NUL.
  • the UE2 can also initiate random access directly from the NUL.
  • This application does not limit the specific process of initiating random access, and the above process is just an example.
  • UE3 within the coverage of beam3 receives beam3, UE3 measures the RSRP of NDL in the area where it is located, UE3 can determine the SUL with the highest priority as SUL config3 according to the priority information, and UE3 can compare the RSRP of NDL with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3 By comparison, if the RSRP of NDL is less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, UE3 can initiate random access from SUL config3.
  • UE3 can determine the SUL with the highest priority as SUL config1 according to the priority information, UE3 can compare the RSRP of NDL with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, if the RSRP of NDL is less than rsrp- ThresholdSSB-SUL1, UE3 can initiate random access from SUL config1.
  • UE3 can determine the SUL with the highest priority as SUL config2 according to the priority information, UE3 can compare the RSRP of NDL with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, if the RSRP of NDL is less than rsrp- ThresholdSSB-SUL2, UE3 can initiate random access from SUL config2. If the RSRP of NDL is not less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, UE3 can initiate random access from NUL.
  • the UE2 can also initiate random access directly from the NUL.
  • This application does not limit the specific process of initiating random access, and the above process is just an example.
  • the SUL threshold corresponding to each SUL may be the same or different, which is not limited in this application. That is to say, the curve NDL-RSRP(ref) in FIG. 3C can also adopt the three different arc-shaped curves NDL-RSRP1(ref), NDL-RSRP2(ref), and NDL-RSRP3(ref) in FIG. 3B . Instead, the specific setting method can refer to Example 1, which will not be repeated.
  • the network device uses different NDL beams to send SIBs with different configurations, that is, the SIBs sent by the network device in NDL beams in different directions are different, and the SIBs include SUL configuration information.
  • each SIB is configured with multiple SULs (SUL identifiers), and each SIB may also be configured with one SUL threshold or SUL thresholds corresponding to multiple SULs respectively.
  • the SUL configuration information may further include a validity identifier and priority information of each SUL.
  • the UE when the UE receives the beam and measures the reference signal strength of the NDL, it can select a SUL from multiple SULs to initiate random access according to the reference signal strength of the NDL, the SUL threshold, and the validity identifier and/or priority information of each SUL. enter.
  • the validity identifiers of the multiple SULs may include both valid and invalid identifiers.
  • the network device sends SIBs with three configurations through three NDL beams, and in the SUL configuration information of the SIBs, the priorities are gradually increased according to the values from small to large.
  • Example 4 As shown in FIG. 3C and Table 1.4, compared with Example 3, the SUL configuration information in Example 4 also includes the validity identifier of each SUL. The specific configuration is shown in Table 1.4 and will not be repeated here.
  • UE1 within the coverage of beam1 receives beam1, UE1 measures the RSRP of the NDL in the area where it is located, and UE1 can determine that the SUL that is valid and has the highest priority is SUL config1 according to the priority information and the validity identifier. UE1 can compare the RSRP of NDL with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1. If the RSRP of NDL is less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, UE1 can initiate random access from SUL config1.
  • UE1 can determine the next valid SUL with the highest priority as SUL config3 according to the priority information and the validity identifier, and UE1 can compare the RSRP of NDL with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3 For comparison, if the RSRP of NDL is less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, UE1 can initiate random access from SUL config3. If the RSRP of the NDL is not less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, the UE1 can directly initiate random access from the NUL. It should be noted that, in FIG. 3C , UE1 is also within the coverage of beam3. When UE1 receives beam3, it can also perform random access according to the SUL configuration information in beam3. For the specific process, please refer to the description below.
  • UE2 within the coverage of beam2 receives beam2, UE2 measures the RSRP of the NDL in the area where it is located, UE2 can determine the valid and highest priority SUL according to the priority information and the validity identifier is SUL config2, UE2 can use the RSRP of NDL Compared with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, if the RSRP of NDL is less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, UE2 can initiate random access from SUL config2.
  • UE2 can determine the next valid SUL with the highest priority as SUL config3 according to the priority information and the validity identifier, and UE2 can compare the RSRP of NDL with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3 For comparison, if the RSRP of NDL is less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, UE2 can initiate random access from SUL config3. If the RSRP of NDL is not less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, UE2 can directly initiate random access from NUL. It should be noted that, in FIG. 3C , UE2 is also within the coverage of beam3. When UE2 receives beam3, it can also perform random access according to the SUL configuration information in beam3. For the specific process, please refer to the description below.
  • UE3 within the coverage of beam3 receives beam3, UE3 measures the RSRP of the NDL in the area where it is located, UE3 can determine the valid and highest priority SUL according to the priority information and the validity identifier is SUL config3, UE3 can use the RSRP of NDL Compared with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, if the RSRP of NDL is less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, UE3 can initiate random access from SUL config3.
  • UE3 can determine the next valid SUL with the highest priority as SUL config1 according to the priority information and the validity flag, and UE3 can compare the RSRP of NDL with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1 By comparison, if the RSRP of NDL is less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, UE3 can initiate random access from SUL config1. If the RSRP of NDL is not less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, UE3 can directly initiate random access from NUL. It should be noted that, in FIG. 3C , UE3 is also within the coverage of beam1. When UE3 receives beam1, it can also perform random access according to the SUL configuration information in beam1. For the specific process, please refer to the above description.
  • the network device uses different NDL beams to send SIBs with different configurations, that is, the SIBs sent by the network device in NDL beams in different directions are different, and the SIBs include SUL configuration information.
  • the difference from Example 1 is that each SIB is configured with multiple SULs (SUL identifiers), and each SIB may also be configured with SUL thresholds corresponding to multiple SULs, and the multiple SUL thresholds have different sizes.
  • the SUL when the UE receives the beam, and by measuring the reference signal strength of the NDL, the SUL can be selected from multiple SULs according to the reference signal strength of the NDL and the SUL threshold to initiate random access.
  • FIG. 3D shows a schematic diagram of a random access scenario according to an example of the present application. As shown in Figure 3D and Table 1.5, the three SULs in the beam2 direction are not drawn in Figure 3D: SUL-4, SUL-5, SUL-6.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the network device 11 through beam1 includes: the SUL identifier SUL config1 of SUL-1 and the SUL threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, and the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent through beam2 includes: the SUL identifier of SUL-2 SUL config2 and SUL threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent through beam3 includes: SUL identifier SUL config3 of SUL-3 and SUL threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3. That is, the network device 11 transmits SIBs of different configurations using different NDL beams.
  • SUL threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1 for SUL-1 may be NDL-RSRP1(ref)
  • SUL threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2 for SUL-2 may be NDL-RSRP2(ref)
  • SUL threshold for SUL-3 rsrp-ThresholdSSB- SUL3 may be NDL-RSRP3 (ref).
  • UE1 within the coverage of beam1 receives beam1, UE1 measures the RSRP of NDL in the area where it is located, and compares the RSRP of NDL with NDL-RSRP1(ref), NDL-RSRP2(ref) and NDL-RSRP3(ref). Assuming NDL-RSRP1(ref) ⁇ NDL-RSRP2(ref) ⁇ NDL-RSRP3(ref), if the NDL RSRP is less than NDL-RSRP1(ref), UE1 can initiate random access from SUL config1. If the RSRP of the NDL is not less than NDL-RSRP1(ref) but less than NDL-RSRP2(ref), UE1 can initiate random access from SUL-2.
  • UE1 can initiate random access from SUL-3. If the RSRP of NDL is not less than NDL-RSRP3(ref), UE1 can initiate access from NUL.
  • the first network device may use an NDL beam to send SIBs with different configurations to the UE, and the SIBs include SUL configuration information, and different NDL configurations are included in the SIBs.
  • the SUL configuration information configured in the beams may be the same or different, which is not limited in this application.
  • the SUL configuration information may include multiple SULs (SUL identifiers), and each SIB may also be configured with one SUL threshold or SUL thresholds corresponding to the multiple SULs respectively.
  • one NDL cell may correspond to multiple SSBs, and one SSB may have one index (SSBindex).
  • the NDL beam sent by the first network device may further include SSB, the SSB indicates the SSB index corresponding to the SSB, and the SSB index included in different NDL beams is different, and the SSB index may also indicate that the SSB is used for initiating access. SUL.
  • the UE can blindly detect the SSB to obtain downlink video synchronization, and can obtain the SSB index of the SSB. Select a SUL from multiple SULs to initiate random access according to the SSBindex.
  • the first network device transmits the configured SIB using the NDL beam, and the SIB includes SUL configuration information.
  • Each SIB is configured with multiple SULs (SUL identifiers), and each SIB may also be configured with one SUL threshold or SUL thresholds corresponding to the multiple SULs respectively.
  • the NDL beam sent by the first network device may further include SSB, the SSB indicates the SSB index corresponding to the SSB, and the SSB index included in different NDL beams is different.
  • the SUL configuration information configured in each NDL beam in different directions is the same.
  • Table 2.1 shows an example of SUL configuration information of this example
  • FIG. 3E shows a schematic diagram of a random access scenario according to an example of the present application.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the network device 11 through beam1 includes: SUL config1 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, SUL config2 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, SUL config3 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3
  • the index of the SSB carried in beam1 sent by the network device 11 is SSBindex1.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the network device 11 through beam2 includes: SUL config1 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, SUL config2 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, SUL config3 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, and the beam2 sent by the network device 11 carries
  • the index of the SSB is SSBindex2.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the network device 11 through beam3 includes: SUL config1 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, SUL config2 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, SUL config3 and rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3, and the beam3 sent by the network device 11 carries
  • the index of the SSB is SSBindex3.
  • the SUL configuration information in each NDL beam is the same, and the indices of the SSBs carried by different NDL beams are different.
  • the UE obtains the SSBindex, and after receiving the SUL configuration information, the UE obtains the total number of configured SUL cells, and can select to initiate random access according to the value of the SSBindex and the remainder of the total number of SUL cells SUL. For example, in this example, assuming that SSBindex1 is 1, SSBindex2 is 2, and SSBindex3 is 3, then the SUL of the access indicated by SSBindex1 is SUL-1, the SUL of the access indicated by SSBindex2 is SUL-2, and the SUL indicated by SSBindex3 is SUL-2. The accessed SUL is SUL-3.
  • one NDL cell may correspond to multiple SSBs
  • one SSB may have one index (SSBindex)
  • the SSBindexes corresponding to the multiple SSBs are sequentially numbered
  • each NDL beam corresponds to one SUL cell.
  • the SSBindex number carried in the NDL beam sent by the first network device is the same as the number of the SUL cell. In this way, after obtaining the SSBindex, after receiving the SUL configuration information, the UE can directly select the SUL with the same number to initiate random access according to the SSBindex.
  • one SSBindex is configured in each NDL beam, but the present application is not limited to this.
  • the network device may also configure multiple SSBs in each NDL beam and an SSB index corresponding to each SSB, for example, configure a corresponding SSB index for each SUL.
  • the UE may select the SUL to initiate random access according to the reference signal strengths of the multiple SSBs. For example, the UE may select the SUL corresponding to the SSB with the highest reference signal strength to initiate random access.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the network device 11 through beam1 includes: SUL config1, rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, SUL config2, rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, SUL config3, rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3.
  • the beam1 sent by the network device includes multiple SSBs and indexes SSBindex1, SSBindex2, and SSBindex3 of the multiple SSBs.
  • the UE can select SUL to initiate random access according to the reference signal strengths of the SSBs corresponding to SSBindex1, SSBindex2 and SSBindex3. For example, if the reference signal strength of the SSB corresponding to SSBindex1 is the highest, the UE can choose to initiate random access from SUL-1.
  • each SUL configuration information may further include a SUL validity identifier and/or priority information, that is, in the case where multiple SULs are configured in the SUL configuration information, each SUL
  • the pieces of SUL configuration information may include one parameter or a combination of multiple parameters in the validity identifier and the priority information.
  • the UE may select the SUL to initiate random access according to one parameter or a combination of multiple parameters among the SUL threshold, SSBindex, validity identifier and priority information.
  • the following describes the process that the UE selects the SUL to initiate random access by taking the SUL threshold and the SUL validity identifier included in each SUL configuration information as an example.
  • UE1 within the coverage of beam1 receives beam1, UE1 measures the RSRP of NDL in its area, UE1 can determine the effective SUL as SUL config1 according to the validity flag, and UE1 can compare the RSRP of NDL with rsrp- Compared with ThresholdSSB-SUL1, if the RSRP of NDL is less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, UE1 can initiate random access from SUL config1. If the RSRP of the NDL is not less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, the UE1 can initiate random access from the NUL.
  • each SUL configuration information in Table 2.2 may also include only one SSBindex.
  • the UE may select the SUL according to the validity flag to initiate randomization. access.
  • the following describes the process that the UE selects the SUL to initiate random access by taking the SUL threshold and the priority information of the SUL included in each SUL configuration information as an example.
  • the beam1 sent by the network device 11 carries SSBindex1, and the SUL configuration information in beam1 is: SUL config1 and the corresponding SUL threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, the priority of SUL config1 is 2, SUL config2 and the corresponding SUL threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, the priority of SUL config2 is 1.
  • the SUL configuration information in beam2 is: SUL config1 and the corresponding SUL threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, the priority of SUL config1 is 1, SUL config2 and the corresponding SUL threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, and the priority of SUL config2 is 2.
  • UE1 within the coverage of beam1 receives beam1, UE1 measures the RSRP of NDL in the area where it is located, UE1 can determine the indicated SUL as SUL config1 according to SSBindex1, UE1 can compare the RSRP of NDL with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, if NDL If the RSRP is less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1, UE1 can initiate random access from SUL config1.
  • UE1 can determine the SUL with higher priority as SUL config2 according to the priority information, UE1 can compare the RSRP of NDL with rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, if the RSRP of NDL is less than rsrp -ThresholdSSB-SUL2, UE1 can initiate random access from SUL config2. If the RSRP of NDL is not less than rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, UE1 can initiate random access from NUL.
  • UE1 can preferentially initiate random access according to the SUL indicated by the SSBindex. If it does not initiate access from the SUL indicated by the SSBindex, UE1 can further select the one to initiate the access according to the measured RSRP of the NDL and the SUL threshold corresponding to the priority information. Uplink resources. It should be noted that the above methods for initiating random access are only some examples of the present application, and the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the first network device may broadcast SUL configuration information omnidirectionally in the system SIB, and the SUL configuration information at least includes the matching relationship between multiple SULs and multiple SDLs , SDL measurement configuration information, the SDL measurement configuration information may include reference signal type, reference signal configuration (such as subframe configuration, etc.) and the like.
  • the SUL and SDL in the SUL configuration information are provided by the second network device (the network device 12, or the network device 13, or the network device 14).
  • the UE receives the SIB and measures the reference signal strength of the SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and the UE can also measure the reference signal strength of the NDL. Both the measured reference signals of SDL and NDL may be RSRP.
  • the UE may select UL (SUL or NUL) to initiate random access according to the measured SDL reference signal strength and NDL reference signal strength.
  • SUL or NUL UL
  • the UE selects the UL to initiate random access, and there may be various implementations, which are described in this application through several specific examples.
  • the first network device broadcasts the SIB omnidirectionally in the SIB system, and the SUL configuration information received by the UE includes: SUL config1 is associated with SDL1, SUL config2 is associated with SDL2, and SUL config3 is associated with SDL3.
  • FIG. 4A shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 11 can broadcast the SIB configuration SUL omnidirectionally in the SIB system, and configure the associated SDL (supplementary Downlink), the curve SUL-1 and the curve SDL1 in FIG. 4A are configured Associated Supplemental Uplink and Supplemental Downlink, Curve SUL-2 and Curve SDL2 are the configured Associated Supplementary Uplink and Supplemental Downlink, Curve SUL-3 and Curve SDL3 are the configured Associated Supplementary Uplink and supplemental downlink.
  • the UE can also measure the distance between the UE and the second network device (the network device 12 , the network device 13 , and the network device 14 ) by using the reference signal strength of the SDL. For example, the greater the reference signal strength of SDL measured by the UE, the closer it may be to the network device corresponding to the SDL.
  • the reference signal strength of SDL1 measured by UE1 may be higher than that of SDL2 and SDL2.
  • the reference signal strength of SDL3 is high, and it is closer to the network device 12 . Therefore, in this example, the UE may select the SUL to initiate random access according to the reference signal strength of the SDL.
  • the UE after receiving the SIB, the UE measures the reference signal strength of the SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and after measuring the reference signal strength of the NDL, it can select the UL for initiating random access in the following situations.
  • the UE can compare the reference signal strength of the SDL with the reference signal strength of the NDL, and select the UL corresponding to the DL with the highest reference signal strength as the carrier to initiate random access. .
  • the UE detects that the reference signal strength of SDL1 is SDL1-RSRP, the reference signal strength of SDL2 is SDL2-RSRP, the reference signal strength of SDL3 is SDL3-RSRP, and the UE also detects that the reference signal strength of NDL is NDL-RSRP.
  • the UE can access from NUL. If the reference signal strength of SDL1 is the largest, SDL1-RSRP, the UE can access from SDL1 The SUL initiates random access.
  • the UE can compare the detected reference signal strengths of some SDLs in the multiple SDLs with the reference signal strengths of the NDLs, and select the DL with the largest reference signal strength corresponding to the The UL is used as the carrier to initiate random access. For example, the UE detects that the reference signal strength of SDL1 is SDL1-RSRP, the reference signal strength of SDL2 is SDL2-RSRP, and the reference signal strength of SDL3 is not detected, and the UE also detects that the reference signal strength of NDL is NDL-RSRP.
  • the UE can access from NUL. If the reference signal strength of SDL1 is the highest, SDL1-RSRP, the UE can initiate random access from the SUL corresponding to SDL1 enter.
  • the UE does not initiate random access from the SUL. If the UE detects the reference signal strength of the NDL, the UE can initiate random access from the NUL. If the UE detects neither the reference signal strength of any SDL nor the reference signal strength of NDL, the UE may not initiate random access.
  • the SUL configuration information includes: SUL config1 is associated with SDL1, SUL config2 is associated with SDL2, SUL config3 is associated with SDL3
  • the association also includes an NDL threshold NDL-RSRP(ref).
  • FIG. 4B shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the NDL threshold NDL-RSRP(ref) is also configured in FIG. 4B.
  • the UE may select the SUL to initiate random access according to the reference signal strength of the SDL.
  • the UE may determine that the distance from the first network device is relatively close, the NUL provided by the first network device can meet the requirement, and the random access can be initiated from the NUL.
  • the UE after receiving the SIB, the UE measures the reference signal strength of the SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and after measuring the reference signal strength of the NDL, it can select the UL to initiate random access in the following situations in combination with NDL_RSRP(ref).
  • the UE measures the reference signal strengths of all SDLs in the multiple SDLs. If the reference signal strength of the NDL is less than the NDL threshold NDL-RSRP(ref), the UE may determine that it is far away from the first network device and may not be within the coverage of the NUL. The UE may select the SUL corresponding to the SDL with the highest reference signal strength to initiate random access. If the NDL reference signal strength is not less than the NDL threshold NDL-RSRP(ref), the UE may be relatively close to the first network device, and within the coverage of the NUL, the UE may initiate random access from the NUL.
  • UE1 detects that the reference signal strength of SDL1 is SDL1-RSRP, the reference signal strength of SDL2 is SDL2-RSRP, and the reference signal strength of SDL3 is SDL3-RSRP (in the figure not shown).
  • UE1 also detects that the reference signal strength of NDL is NDL-RSRP. If the reference signal strength NDL-RSRP of NDL is not less than NDL-RSRP(ref), UE1 can initiate random access from NUL. In the example shown in FIG. 4B , UE1 is far away from the first network device 11, and the reference signal strength of NDL, NDL-RSRP, may be smaller than NDL-RSRP(ref). ), UE1 can determine the maximum value among SDL1-RSRP, SDL2-RSRP and SDL3-RSRP, if SDL1-RSRP is the largest, UE1 can initiate random access from SUL config1 corresponding to SDL1.
  • the UE detects the reference signal strengths of some SDLs in the multiple SDLs. If the reference signal strength of the NDL is less than the NDL threshold NDL-RSRP(ref), the UE may determine that it is far away from the first network device and may not be within the coverage of the NUL. The UE may select the SUL corresponding to the SDL with the highest reference signal strength to initiate random access according to the selected reference signal strengths of some SDLs in the detected multiple SDLs. If the NDL reference signal strength is not less than the NDL threshold NDL-RSRP(ref), the UE may be relatively close to the first network device, and within the coverage of the NUL, the UE may initiate random access from the NUL.
  • UE1 detects that the reference signal strength of SDL1 is SDL1-RSRP, the reference signal strength of SDL2 is SDL2-RSRP, and the reference signal strength of SDL3 is not detected, and UE1 also detects The reference signal strength for NDL is NDL-RSRP. If the reference signal strength of NDL, NDL-RSRP, is less than NDL-RSRP(ref), UE1 can determine the maximum value of SDL1-RSRP and SDL2-RSRP. If SDL1-RSRP is the largest, UE1 can initiate random access from SUL config1 corresponding to SDL1. enter.
  • the UE does not detect the reference signal strength of any one of the multiple SDLs.
  • the UE does not initiate random access from the SUL. If the UE detects the reference signal strength of the NDL, the UE can initiate random access from the NUL. If the UE detects neither the reference signal strength of any SDL nor the reference signal strength of NDL, the UE may not initiate random access.
  • the configuration information of the SUL may include, in addition to the matching relationship between the multiple SULs and the multiple SDLs and the SDL measurement configuration information, multiple SDL thresholds SDL X-RSRP(ref) corresponding to the multiple SDLs respectively. .
  • the first network device includes SUL configuration information in the SIB broadcast by the SIB system.
  • the SUL configuration information includes: SUL config1 is associated with SDL1, SUL config2 is associated with SDL2, SUL config3 is associated with SDL3, and also includes Multiple SDL thresholds SDL X-RSRP(ref) corresponding to multiple SDLs.
  • FIG. 4C shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4C in addition to the same configuration as FIG. 4A , FIG. 4C also configures SDL thresholds corresponding to multiple SDLs, and only the threshold SDL3-RSRP(ref) of SDL3 is shown in FIG. 4C .
  • the UE after measuring the reference signal strength of SDL, the UE can select the SUL available for the service according to the relationship between the reference signal strength of SDL and the SDL threshold.
  • the UE after receiving the SIB, the UE measures the reference signal strength of the SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and after measuring the reference signal strength of the NDL, it can select the uplink resources to initiate random access in the following situations in combination with the SDL threshold.
  • the UE detects the reference signal strengths of all SDLs in the multiple SDLs. When the reference signal strength of the SDL is greater than the corresponding SDL threshold, the UE can determine that the service of the SUL corresponding to the SDL is available. For example, when the SDL1-RSRP is greater than the SDL1-RSRP(ref), the UE can initiate the SUL-1 corresponding to the SDL1. random access.
  • the UE can select the SUL available for the service according to the reference signal strength of the SDL and the corresponding SDL threshold.
  • the UL corresponding to the DL with the highest reference signal strength is selected to initiate random access.
  • the UE may initiate random access from the NUL. If there is an SDL whose reference signal strength is greater than NDL among the SDLs associated with the available SULs, the UE may initiate random access from the SUL corresponding to the SDL whose reference signal strength is greater than NDL.
  • UE1 detects that the reference signal strength of SDL1 is SDL1-RSRP, the reference signal strength of SDL2 is SDL2-RSRP, and the reference signal strength of SDL3 is SDL3-RSRP.
  • the reference signal strength at which NDL is detected is NDL-RSRP. If UE1 compares the reference signal strength of SDL with the corresponding SDL threshold and determines that SDL1-RSRP is greater than SDL1-RSRP(ref), SDL2-RSRP is greater than SDL2-RSRP(ref), but SDL3-RSRP is less than SDL3-RSRP(ref).
  • UE1 can determine that the services of SUL-1 corresponding to SDL1 and SUL-2 corresponding to SDL2 are available. It can be seen from the schematic diagram in FIG. 4C that UE1 is farther away from the second network device 12 corresponding to SDL1 and the second network device 14 corresponding to SDL2. close. UE1 can further compare SDL1-RSRP, SDL2-RSRP and NDL-RSRP. If NDL-RSRP is the largest, U1E can initiate random access from NUL. If SDL1-RSRP is the largest, UE1 can initiate random access from SUL-1 corresponding to SDL1 random access. From the example shown in FIG. 4C , UE1 is closer to the second network device 12 , and it is possible that the measured SDL1-RSRP is the largest, and UE1 can initiate random access from SUL-1 corresponding to SDL1.
  • the UE detects the reference signal strengths of some SDLs in the multiple SDLs.
  • the UE still selects the available SUL by using the detected partial SDL reference signal strength and the corresponding SDL threshold. According to the reference signal strength of the SDL associated with the available SUL and the reference signal strength of the NDL, the UL corresponding to the DL with the highest reference signal strength is selected to initiate random access.
  • UE2 detects that the reference signal strength of SDL1 is SDL1-RSRP, the reference signal strength of SDL2 is SDL2-RSRP, and UE2 does not detect the reference signal of SDL3.
  • UE2 also detects that the reference signal strength of NDL is NDL-RSRP. If UE2 compares the reference signal strength of SDL with the corresponding SDL threshold and determines that SDL1-RSRP is greater than SDL1-RSRP(ref), and SDL2-RSRP is greater than SDL2-RSRP(ref).
  • UE2 may determine that the services of SUL-1 corresponding to SDL1 and SUL-2 corresponding to SDL2 are available.
  • UE2 can further compare SDL1-RSRP, SDL2-RSRP and NDL-RSRP. If NDL-RSRP is the largest, UE2 can initiate random access from NUL. If SDL2-RSRP is the largest, UE2 can initiate random access from SUL-2 corresponding to SDL2 random access. From the example shown in FIG. 4C , UE2 is closer to the second network device 14 , and it is possible that the measured SDL2-RSRP is the largest, and UE2 can initiate random access from SUL-2 corresponding to SDL2.
  • the UE does not detect the reference signal strength of any one of the multiple SDLs.
  • the UE does not initiate random access from the SUL. If the UE detects the reference signal strength of the NDL, the UE can initiate random access from the NUL. If the UE detects neither the reference signal strength of any SDL nor the reference signal strength of NDL, the UE may not initiate random access.
  • the UE if the detected reference signal strengths of the SDLs are not greater than the corresponding SDL thresholds, the UE does not initiate random access from the SUL. .
  • the UE may initiate random access from the NUL; if the NAL reference signal is also not detected, the UE may not access.
  • the SULs that can provide the service can be screened first, and then the appropriate access resources can be selected from the SULs available for the service, which is more efficient.
  • the configuration information of the SUL may include, in addition to the matching relationship between the multiple SULs and the multiple SDLs and the SDL measurement configuration information, multiple SDL thresholds SDLX-RSRP(ref) corresponding to the multiple SDLs respectively, An NDL threshold NDL-RSRP (ref).
  • the first network device includes SUL configuration information in the SIB broadcast by the SIB system.
  • SUL configuration information including: SUL config1 is associated with SDL1, SUL config2 is associated with SDL2, and SUL config3 is associated with SDL3, it also includes Multiple SDL thresholds SDLX-RSRP(ref) corresponding to multiple SDLs, and one NDL threshold NDL-RSRP(ref).
  • FIG. 4D shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the UE after measuring the reference signal strength of SDL and the reference signal strength of NDL, the UE can select uplink resources according to the combination of the SDL threshold and the NDL threshold.
  • the UE measures the reference signal strength of the SDL and the reference signal strength of the NDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information. According to the reference signal strength of SDL and the corresponding SDL threshold, the available SUL for the service is selected, and then the relationship between the reference signal strength of NDL and the NDL threshold is combined to select uplink resources from the available SUL or NUL for the service. Specifically, it can be divided into the following situations.
  • the UE detects the reference signal strengths of all SDLs in the multiple SDLs. When the reference signal strength of the SDL is greater than the corresponding SDL threshold, the UE can determine that the service of the SUL corresponding to the SDL is available. For example, when the SDL1-RSRP is greater than the SDL1-RSRP(ref), the UE can initiate the SUL-1 corresponding to the SDL1. random access.
  • the UE can select the SUL available for the service according to the reference signal strength of the SDL and the corresponding SDL threshold.
  • the UE can determine whether the reference signal strength of NDL is less than the NDL threshold NDL-RSRP(ref). If the reference signal strength of NDL is not less than the NDL threshold NDL-RSRP(ref), the UE can determine that it is relatively close to the first network device. Within the service range of the NUL provided by the network device, random access can be initiated from the NUL. If the reference signal strength of the NDL is less than the NDL threshold NDL-RSRP(ref), the UE may select the SUL with the highest reference signal strength of the corresponding SDL from the available SULs to initiate random access.
  • UE1 detects that the reference signal strength of SDL1 is SDL1-RSRP, the reference signal strength of SDL2 is SDL2-RSRP, and the reference signal strength of SDL3 is SDL3-RSRP.
  • the reference signal strength at which NDL is detected is NDL-RSRP. If UE1 compares the reference signal strength of SDL with the corresponding SDL threshold and determines that SDL1-RSRP is greater than SDL1-RSRP(ref), SDL2-RSRP is greater than SDL2-RSRP(ref), but SDL3-RSRP is less than SDL3-RSRP(ref).
  • UE1 may determine that the services of SUL-1 corresponding to SDL1 and SUL-2 corresponding to SDL2 are available. UE1 can compare NDL-RSRP and NDL-RSRP(ref), and the result of the comparison may be that NDL-RSRP is smaller than NDL-RSRP(ref). In the example of FIG. 4D, UE1 is not within the coverage of NUL. Random access is not initiated from NUL. UE1 can select SUL from available SUL-1 and SUL-2 to initiate random access. Specifically, UE1 can compare SDL1-RSRP and SDL2-RSRP, and select the SUL corresponding to the SDL with the highest reference signal strength to initiate random access. In the example of FIG. 4D , UE1 is relatively close to the second network device 12 , and the measured SDL1-RSRP may be greater than SDL2-RSRP, and UE1 may select SUL-1 to initiate random access.
  • the UE detects the reference signal strengths of some SDLs in the multiple SDLs. The UE still selects the available SUL by using the detected partial SDL reference signal strength and the corresponding SDL threshold. If the reference signal strength of the NDL is less than the NDL threshold NDL-RSRP(ref), the UE may select the SUL with the highest reference signal strength of the corresponding SDL from the available SULs to initiate random access.
  • UE2 detects that the reference signal strength of SDL1 is SDL1-RSRP, the reference signal strength of SDL2 is SDL2-RSRP, and UE2 does not detect the reference signal of SDL3.
  • UE2 also detects that the reference signal strength of NDL is NDL-RSRP. If UE2 compares the reference signal strength of SDL with the corresponding SDL threshold and determines that SDL1-RSRP is greater than SDL1-RSRP(ref), and SDL2-RSRP is greater than SDL2-RSRP(ref).
  • UE2 may determine that the services of SUL-1 corresponding to SDL1 and SUL-2 corresponding to SDL2 are available.
  • UE2 can compare NDL-RSRP and NDL-RSRP(ref), and the result of the comparison may be that NDL-RSRP is smaller than NDL-RSRP(ref).
  • UE2 is no longer within the coverage of NUL. Random access is not initiated from NUL.
  • the UE2 can select the SUL from the available SUL-1 and SUL-2 to initiate random access.
  • the UE2 can compare the SDL1-RSRP and the SDL2-RSRP, and select the SUL corresponding to the SDL with the highest reference signal strength to initiate random access.
  • UE2 is relatively close to the second network device 14 , and the measured SDL2-RSRP may be greater than the SDL1-RSRP, and UE2 may select SUL-2 to initiate random access.
  • the UE does not detect the reference signal strength of any one of the multiple SDLs.
  • the UE does not initiate random access from the SUL. If the UE detects the reference signal strength of the NDL, the UE can initiate random access from the NUL. If the UE detects neither the reference signal strength of any SDL nor the reference signal strength of NDL, the UE may not initiate random access.
  • the UE if the detected reference signal strengths of the SDLs are not greater than the corresponding SDL thresholds, the UE does not initiate random access from the SUL. .
  • the UE may initiate random access from the NUL; if the NAL reference signal is also not detected, the UE may not access.
  • the first network device uses different NDL beams to send SIBs with different configurations
  • the SIBs include SUL configuration information
  • the SIBs in different NDL beams include SUL configurations
  • the information can be different or the same.
  • the configuration information included in the SUL configuration information may be combined with the configuration example of Embodiment 3, and the SUL configuration information may include at least one matching relationship between SUL and SDL, and at least one SDL measurement configuration information.
  • the SUL and SDL in the SUL configuration information are provided by the second network device (the network device 12, or the network device 13, or the network device 14).
  • the process in which the first network device uses different NDL beams to transmit the SIB may be combined with the examples of Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2.
  • the first network device uses different NDL beams to send SIBs
  • the SUL configuration information in each SIB may include one SUL, one SDL, and SDL measurement configuration information
  • the SUL configuration information configured in the SIBs of each NDL beam Different, that is, the SUL and SDL included in the SUL configuration information configured in each SIB are different.
  • the first network device uses different NDL beams to transmit SIBs
  • the SUL configuration information in each SIB may include a matching relationship between multiple SULs and multiple SDLs, and SDL measurement configuration information.
  • the SUL configuration information may also include the validity identification and/or priority information of each SUL.
  • the SUL configuration information in different NDL beams may be different.
  • the SUL and SDL configured by the SUL configuration information in different NDL beams are different, or the configured SUL and SDL are the same, but the validity identifier and/or the priority information are different.
  • the first network device uses different NDL beams to transmit SIBs, and the SUL configuration information in each SIB may include matching relationships between multiple SULs and multiple SDLs, and SDL measurement configuration information.
  • the SUL configuration information in different NDL beams may be the same or different.
  • the NDL beam sent by the first network device may further include the SSB and the SSB index SSBindex, the SSBindex included in different NDL beams is different, and the SSBindex may also indicate the SUL for initiating access.
  • the SUL configuration information may further include a validity identifier and/or priority information of each SUL.
  • the above are some examples of using different NDL beams to transmit the SIB configuration SUL in this embodiment, and the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the random access method of this embodiment is described below by taking the SUL configuration information in each SIB including one SUL, one SDL, and SDL measurement configuration information as an example.
  • FIG. 5A shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the first network device 11 through beam1 includes: SUL identifier SUL config1 of SUL-1 SDL1 (SDL config1) that matches SUL-1
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent through beam2 includes: SUL config2 of SUL-2 matches SDL2 (SDL config2) that matches SUL-2
  • the SUL configuration information in includes: SUL-3 SUL identifier SUL config3 and SUL-3 matching SDL3 (SDL config 3). That is, the network device 11 transmits SIBs of different configurations using different NDL beams.
  • the SUL configuration information of each SIB may also include SDL measurement configuration information, which is not shown in Table 4.1.
  • the UE After receiving the SIB, the UE can measure the reference signal strength of the SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and the UE can also measure the reference signal strength of the NDL, and select the random access method according to the measured reference signal strength of the SDL and the reference signal strength of the NDL.
  • UL Specifically, it can be divided into the following different situations:
  • the UE only measures the SDL reference signal strength corresponding to one NDL beam.
  • the UE can compare the SDL reference signal strength with the NDL reference signal strength, and select the UL corresponding to the DL with the higher reference signal strength to initiate random access. For example, if the reference signal strength of SDL is lower than that of NDL, the UE can initiate access from NUL, and if the reference signal strength of SDL is greater than that of NDL, the UE can initiate access from SUL corresponding to SDL .
  • UE1 receives beam1, UE1 measures the reference signal strength of NDL in the area where it is located, and measures the reference signal strength of SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information. If UE1 only measures the reference signal strength of SDL1 within the coverage of beam1, UE1 can compare the reference signal strength of SDL1 with the reference signal strength of NDL. Initiate access. If the reference signal strength of SDL1 is greater than the reference signal strength of NDL, the UE can initiate access from SUL-1 corresponding to SDL1.
  • the UE measures the SDL reference signal strengths corresponding to multiple NDL beams. Since the UE may be located where the coverage of multiple NDL beams overlaps, the UE may measure the SDL reference signals corresponding to multiple NDL beams. strength. The UE may compare the reference signal strengths of multiple SDLs with the reference signal strengths of NDLs, and select the UL corresponding to the DL with the highest reference signal strength to initiate random access. If the reference signal strengths of multiple SDLs are smaller than the reference signal strengths of NDLs, the UE can initiate random access from NUL. Among SDLs whose strength is greater than the reference signal strength of the NDL, the SUL corresponding to the SDL with the highest reference signal strength is selected to initiate random access.
  • UE1 within the coverage of beams beam1 and beam2 measures the reference signal strength of NDL in the area where it is located, and measures the reference signal strength of SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information. Due to the coverage of beams beam1 and beam2, UE1 may measure the reference signal strength of SDL1 and the reference signal strength of SDL2. If UE1 measures the reference signal strength of SDL1 and the reference signal strength of SDL2, UE1 can compare the reference signal strength of SDL1, the reference signal strength of SDL2 and the reference signal strength of NDL, and select the UL corresponding to the DL with the highest reference signal strength. Initiate random access. As shown in FIG.
  • UE1 is at the inner edge of the curve NDL, is not within the coverage of the curve NUL, and is far away from the first network device 11, so the reference signal strength of the NDL measured by UE1 may be relatively small; similarly, UE1 Although it is within the coverage of the curve SDL2, it is located at the edge part close to the inner side and is far from the second network device 14, so the reference signal strength of SDL2 measured by UE1 may be relatively small; UE1 is relatively close to the second network device 12 , and within the coverage of the curve SDL1, the reference signal strength of SDL1 measured by the UE1 may be relatively large. Therefore, UE1 can select SUL-1 corresponding to SDL1 to initiate random access.
  • the UE does not measure the reference signal strength of the SDL corresponding to the NDL beam in any direction, and the UE may not initiate random access from the SUL. If the UE measures the reference signal of the NDL, the UE can initiate random access from the NUL. If the UE measures neither the reference signal strength of SLD nor the reference signal strength of NDL, the UE may not initiate random access.
  • the SUL configuration information of each SIB in Example 2 may further include an NDL threshold NDL-RSRP.
  • FIG. 5B shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 5B , in addition to the same configuration as FIG. 5A , the NDL threshold NDL-RSRP(ref) is also configured in FIG. 5B .
  • the UE may select the SUL to initiate random access according to the reference signal strength of the SDL.
  • the UE may determine that the distance from the first network device is relatively close, the NUL provided by the first network device can meet the requirement, and the random access can be initiated from the NUL.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the first network device 11 through beam1 includes: the SUL identifier SUL config1 of SUL-1, the SDL1 (SDL config1) matched by SUL-1, and the NDL threshold rsrp- ThresholdSSB-SUL1, the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent through beam2 includes: SUL-2 SUL identifier SUL config2, SUL-2 matching SDL2 (SDL config 2) and NDL threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, sent through beam3
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB includes: SUL identifier SUL config3 of SUL-3, SDL3 (SDL config 3) matched by SUL-3, and NDL threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3. That is, the network device 11 transmits SIBs of different configurations using different NDL beams.
  • the SUL configuration information of each SIB may also include SDL measurement configuration information,
  • the NDL thresholds in the SUL configuration information of each SIB may be the same or different.
  • FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B respectively.
  • FIG. 5B shows an example in which the NDL thresholds in the SUL configuration information of each SIB are the same.
  • the UE After receiving the SIB, the UE can measure the SDL reference signal strength according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and the UE can also measure the NDL reference signal strength, and select the NDL threshold according to the measured SDL reference signal strength and NDL reference signal strength.
  • UL for random access Specifically, it can be divided into the following different situations:
  • the UE only measures the SDL reference signal strength corresponding to one NDL beam.
  • the UE can compare the relationship between the NDL reference signal strength and the NDL threshold. If the NDL reference signal strength is less than the NDL threshold, the UE can measure the reference signal strength from The SUL corresponding to the SDL corresponding to the SDL initiates random access; if the reference signal strength of the NDL is not less than the NDL threshold, the UE can initiate random access from the NUL.
  • UE1 receives beam1, and UE1 measures the reference signal strength of SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and measures the reference signal strength of NDL in the area where it is located. If UE1 only measures the reference signal strength of SDL1 within the coverage of beam1, UE1 compares the relationship between the reference signal strength of NDL and the NDL threshold. If the reference signal strength of NDL is less than the NDL threshold, UE1 can measure the reference signal strength from SUL-1 corresponding to SD1L initiates random access; if the reference signal strength of NDL is not less than the NDL threshold, UE1 can initiate random access from NUL.
  • the UE measures the SDL reference signal strengths corresponding to multiple NDL beams. Since the UE may be located where the coverage of multiple NDL beams overlaps, the UE may measure the SDL reference signals corresponding to multiple NDL beams. strength. The UE can compare the relationship between the reference signal strength of NDL and the NDL threshold. In the case where the NDL thresholds configured in the SUL configuration information of each SIB are the same, the UE can compare the reference signal strength of NDL with the same NDL threshold. When the NDL thresholds configured in the SUL configuration information of the SIB are different, the UE may compare the NDL reference signal with the NDL threshold configured by the SIB carried by the NDL beam where it is located.
  • the UE may initiate random access from the SUL corresponding to the SDL with the largest reference signal among the SDLs whose reference signal strength is measured; if the reference signal strength of NDL is not less than the NDL threshold, the UE may NUL initiates random access.
  • UE1 receives beam1, and UE1 measures the reference signal strength of SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and measures the reference signal strength of NDL in the area where it is located.
  • UE1 measures SDL reference signal strengths corresponding to multiple NDL beams.
  • UE1 measures the reference signal strengths of SDL1 and SDL2.
  • UE1 compares the reference signal strength of NDL with the NDL threshold. If the reference signal strength of NDL is less than the NDL threshold, UE1 can determine the SDL corresponding to the maximum reference signal strength from the measured reference signal strengths of multiple SDLs.
  • the SUL corresponding to the largest SDL initiates random access.
  • UE1 is at the inner edge of the curve NDL, is not within the coverage of the curve NUL, and is far away from the first network device 11, so the reference signal strength of the NDL measured by the UE1 may be relatively small, smaller than the NDL threshold; similarly; Yes, although UE1 is within the coverage of curve SDL2, it is located at the edge part close to the inner side and is far from the second network device 14, so the reference signal strength of SDL2 measured by UE1 may be relatively small; UE1 is far from the second network device. 12 is relatively close, and within the coverage of the curve SDL1, the reference signal strength of SDL1 measured by the UE1 may be relatively large. Therefore, UE1 can select SUL-1 corresponding to SDL1 to initiate random access.
  • the UE does not measure the reference signal strength of the SDL corresponding to the NDL beam in any direction, and the UE may not initiate random access from the SUL. If the UE measures the reference signal of the NDL, the UE can initiate random access from the NUL. If the UE measures neither the reference signal strength of SLD nor the reference signal strength of NDL, the UE may not initiate random access.
  • the SUL configuration information of each SIB in Example 3 may further include an SDL threshold.
  • the SUL configuration information in each beam sent by the network device includes not only the SUL, the SUL corresponding to the SUL, but also the SDL threshold corresponding to the SDL.
  • FIG. 5C shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5C in addition to the same configuration as Figure 5A, Figure 5C also configures multiple SDL thresholds corresponding to SDL, and Figure 5C only shows the threshold SDL1-RSRP(ref) of SDL1 and the threshold SDL3 of SDL3 -RSRP(ref).
  • the UE after measuring the reference signal strength of SDL, the UE can select the SUL available for the service according to the relationship between the reference signal strength of SDL and the SDL threshold.
  • the UE after receiving the SIB, the UE measures the reference signal strength of the SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and after measuring the reference signal strength of the NDL, it can select the uplink resources to initiate random access in the following situations in combination with the SDL threshold.
  • the UE only measures the SDL reference signal strength corresponding to one NDL beam.
  • the UE can compare the SDL reference signal strength with the corresponding SDL threshold. If the SDL reference signal strength is greater than the corresponding SDL threshold, the UE can determine the SDL The matched SUL service is available. If the SDL reference signal strength is not greater than the corresponding SDL threshold, the UE may determine that the SDL matched SUL service is unavailable, and the UE may not initiate random access from the SUL.
  • the UE may compare the reference signal strength of the SDL and the reference signal strength of the NDL with the available SUL matching, and select the UL corresponding to the DL with the higher reference signal strength to initiate random access.
  • the UE can initiate access from the NUL, and if the reference signal strength of the SDL is greater than that of the NDL, the UE Access can be initiated from the SUL corresponding to the SDL.
  • UE1 receives beam1
  • UE1 measures the reference signal strength of NDL in the area where it is located, and measures the reference signal strength of SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information. If UE1 only measures the reference signal strength of SDL1 within the coverage of beam1, UE1 can compare the reference signal strength of SDL1 with the SDL threshold SDL1-RSRP(ref) of SDL1, UE1 is within the coverage of the curve SDL1-RSRP(ref) , the reference signal strength of SDL1 is less than SDL1-RSRP(ref), and the SUL-1 service matching SDL1 is available. UE1 can compare the reference signal strength of SDL1 with the reference signal strength of NDL.
  • UE1 can initiate access from NUL. If the reference signal strength of SDL1 is greater than the reference signal strength of NDL, Then the UE can initiate access from SUL-1 corresponding to SDL1.
  • the UE measures the SDL reference signal strengths corresponding to multiple NDL beams. Since the UE may be located where the coverage of multiple NDL beams overlaps, the UE may measure the SDL reference signals corresponding to multiple NDL beams. strength.
  • the UE can compare the reference signal strengths of multiple SDLs with the SDL threshold corresponding to each SDL, and the UE can determine whether the SUL service matched by the SDL is available according to the relationship between the reference signal of each SDL and the corresponding SDL threshold.
  • the UE can compare the reference signal strength of the SDL with the reference signal strength of the NDL, and select the UL corresponding to the DL with the highest reference signal strength to initiate random access. If the reference signal strength of the SDL matched by the available SUL is smaller than the reference signal strength of the NDL, the UE can initiate random access from the NUL. Strength, assuming that the reference signal strength is greater than the reference signal strength of the NDL, and the SDL available for the matching SUL service is the first SDL, the UE can select the reference signal strength from the first SDL with the reference signal strength greater than the reference signal strength of the NDL with the highest reference signal strength. The SUL corresponding to the second SDL initiates random access.
  • UE1 is near the second network device 12, UE1 measures the reference signal strength of NDL in the area where it is located, and measures the reference signal strength of SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information. Since it is near the intersection of the curve SDL2 and the curve SDL3 and is within the coverage of the curve SDL1, the UE1 may measure the reference signal strength of SDL1, the reference signal strength of SDL2 and the reference signal strength of SDL3.
  • UE1 can compare the reference signal strength of SDL1 with the SDL threshold SDL1-RSRP(ref), and compare the reference signal strength of SDL2 and SDL respectively.
  • the threshold SDL2-RSRP(ref) is compared, and the reference signal strength of SDL3 is compared with the SDL threshold SDL3-RSRP(ref).
  • SDL1-RSRP(ref) it is possible that only the reference signal strength of SDL1 is greater than the SDL threshold SDL1-RSRP(ref) , SDL1 matching SUL-1 is service available.
  • UE1 may compare the reference signal strength of SDL1 with the reference signal strength of NDL, and select the UL corresponding to the DL with the highest reference signal strength to initiate random access. As shown in FIG. 5C , UE1 is at the inner edge of the curve NDL, not within the coverage of the curve NUL, and is far from the first network device 11, so the reference signal strength of the NDL measured by UE1 may be relatively small; The network device 12 is relatively close, and within the coverage of the curve SDL1, the reference signal strength of SDL1 measured by the UE1 may be relatively large. Therefore, UE1 can select SUL-1 corresponding to SDL1 to initiate random access.
  • the UE does not measure the reference signal strength of the SDL corresponding to the NDL beam in any direction, or, the reference signal strength of the SDL measured by the UE is less than the corresponding SDL threshold, and there is no SUL available for the service, the UE may not initiate random from the SUL. access. At this time, if the UE measures the reference signal of the NDL, the UE can initiate random access from the NUL. If the UE does not measure the reference signal strength of the NDL, the UE may not initiate random access.
  • the SUL configuration information of each SIB in Example 4 may further include an SDL threshold and an NDL threshold.
  • the SUL configuration information in each beam sent by the network device includes not only the SUL and the SUL corresponding to the SUL, but also the NDL threshold and the SDL threshold corresponding to the SDL.
  • FIG. 5D shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the UE after measuring the reference signal strength of SDL and the reference signal strength of NDL, the UE can select uplink resources according to the combination of the SDL threshold and the NDL threshold.
  • the UE receives the SIB through the NDL beam, measures the reference signal strength of the SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and measures the reference signal strength of the NDL. According to the reference signal strength of SDL and the corresponding SDL threshold, the available SUL for the service is selected, and then the relationship between the reference signal strength of NDL and the NDL threshold is combined to select uplink resources from the available SUL or NUL for the service. Specifically, it can be divided into the following situations.
  • the UE only measures the SDL reference signal strength corresponding to one NDL beam.
  • the UE can compare the SDL reference signal strength with the corresponding SDL threshold. If the SDL reference signal strength is greater than the corresponding SDL threshold, the UE can determine the SDL The matched SUL service is available. If the SDL reference signal strength is not greater than the corresponding SDL threshold, the UE may determine that the SDL matched SUL service is unavailable, and the UE may not initiate random access from the SUL.
  • the UE can also compare the relationship between the reference signal strength of the NDL and the NDL threshold. When the reference signal strength of the NDL is less than the NDL threshold, the UE can select the SUL corresponding to the SDL with the highest reference signal strength from the matching SDLs serving the available SULs to initiate randomization. access. When the reference signal strength of the NDL is less than the NDL threshold, the UE can initiate random access from the SUL matching the one SDL under the condition that only the reference signal strength of one SDL is measured and the SUL service corresponding to the SDL is available.
  • UE1 receives beam1
  • UE1 measures the reference signal strength of NDL in the area where it is located, and measures the reference signal strength of SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information. If UE1 only measures the reference signal strength of SDL1 within the coverage of beam1, UE1 can compare the reference signal strength of SDL1 with the SDL threshold SDL1-RSRP(ref) of SDL1, UE1 is within the coverage of the curve SDL1-RSRP(ref) , the reference signal strength of SDL1 is less than SDL1-RSRP(ref), and the SUL-1 service matching SDL1 is available. UE1 can compare the reference signal strength of NDL with the NDL threshold. If the reference signal strength of NDL is not less than the NDL threshold, UE1 can initiate access from NUL. If the reference signal strength of NDL is less than the NDL threshold, UE1 can access the SUL corresponding to SDL1. -1 initiates access.
  • the UE measures the SDL reference signal strengths corresponding to multiple NDL beams. Since the UE may be located where the coverage of multiple NDL beams overlaps, the UE may measure the SDL reference signals corresponding to multiple NDL beams. strength.
  • the UE can compare the reference signal strengths of multiple SDLs with the SDL threshold corresponding to each SDL, and the UE can determine whether the SUL service matched by the SDL is available according to the relationship between the reference signal of each SDL and the corresponding SDL threshold.
  • the UE can also compare the relationship between the reference signal strength of the NDL and the NDL threshold. When the reference signal strength of the NDL is less than the NDL threshold, the UE can select the SUL corresponding to the SDL with the highest reference signal strength from the matching SDLs serving the available SULs to initiate randomization. access. When the reference signal strength of NDL is not less than the NDL threshold, the UE can initiate random access from NUL.
  • UE1 detects that the reference signal strength of SDL1 is SDL1-RSRP, the reference signal strength of SDL2 is SDL2-RSRP, and the reference signal strength of SDL3 is SDL3-RSRP.
  • the reference signal strength at which NDL is detected is NDL-RSRP. If UE1 compares the reference signal strength of SDL with the corresponding SDL threshold and determines that SDL1-RSRP is greater than SDL1-RSRP(ref), SDL2-RSRP is greater than SDL2-RSRP(ref), but SDL3-RSRP is less than SDL3-RSRP(ref).
  • UE1 may determine that the services of SUL-1 corresponding to SDL1 and SUL-2 corresponding to SDL2 are available.
  • the UE can compare the NDL-RSRP and the NDL-RSRP(ref), and the result of the comparison may be that the NDL-RSRP is smaller than the NDL-RSRP(ref).
  • the UE1 is not covered by the NUL.
  • Random access is initiated from NUL.
  • UE1 can select SUL from available SUL-1 and SUL-2 to initiate random access.
  • UE1 can compare SDL1-RSRP and SDL2-RSRP, and select the SUL corresponding to the SDL with the highest reference signal strength to initiate random access.
  • UE1 is relatively close to the second network device 12 , and the measured SDL1-RSRP may be greater than SDL2-RSRP, and UE1 may select SUL-1 to initiate random access.
  • the UE does not measure the reference signal strength of the SDL corresponding to the NDL beam in any direction, or, the reference signal strength of the SDL measured by the UE is less than the corresponding SDL threshold, and there is no SUL available for the service, the UE may not initiate random from the SUL. access. At this time, if the UE measures the reference signal of the NDL, the UE can initiate random access from the NUL. If the UE does not measure the reference signal strength of the NDL, the UE may not initiate random access.
  • the SUL configuration information may further include one parameter or a combination of multiple parameters in the SUL validity identifier, priority information, and SSB information.
  • the UE may also combine one parameter or a combination of multiple parameters in the SUL validity identifier, priority information, and SSB information, and select the SUL to initiate randomization. access.
  • the combination method reference may be made to the relevant content of Part 1 of Embodiment 1 of the present application, which will not be repeated.
  • the SUL configuration information in each SIB may include the matching relationship between multiple SULs and multiple SDLs, SDL measurement configuration information, and the SUL configuration information in each SIB may also include the validity identifier of each SUL and/or or priority information, the random access method of this embodiment is described as an example.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the first network device 11 through beam1 includes: the SUL identifier SUL config1 of SUL-1 matches the SDL1 (SDL config1) of SUL-1, the valid SUL config1 Available, SUL-2 SUL identifies SUL config2 and SUL-2 match SDL2 (SDL config 2), SUL config2 is valid to identify available, SUL-3 SUL identifies SUL config3 and SUL-3 match SDL3 (SDL config 2) config 3), the validity flag of SUL config3 is disabled.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the first network device 11 through beam2 includes: the SUL identifier SUL config1 of SUL-1 matches SDL1 (SDL config1) of SUL-1, the validity identifier disabled of SUL config1, the SUL of SUL-2 Identify the SDL2 (SDL config 2) that matches SUL config2 and SUL-2, the validity of SUL config2 is available, and the SUL of SUL-3 identifies the SDL3 (SDL config 3) that SUL config3 matches with SUL-3 (SDL config 3), the validity of SUL config3 Identifies disabled.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the first network device 11 through beam3 includes: the SUL identifier SUL config1 of SUL-1 matches SDL1 (SDL config1) of SUL-1, the validity identifier disabled of SUL config1, the SUL of SUL-2 Identifies the SDL2 (SDL config 2) that matches SUL config2 and SUL-2, the validity of SUL config2 is disabled, and the SUL of SUL-3 identifies SUL config3 and SUL-3 match SDL3 (SDL config 3), the validity of SUL config3 Identifies available.
  • the network device 11 transmits SIBs of different configurations using different NDL beams.
  • the SUL configuration information of each SIB may also include SDL measurement configuration information, which is not shown in Table 4.5.
  • the UE after receiving the SIB, the UE measures the reference signal strength of the SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and can determine the effective SUL according to the SUL validity identifier.
  • the reference signal strength of the corresponding SDL and the reference signal strength of the NDL select the UL of the random access. For example, the UE can select the UL corresponding to the DL with the highest reference signal strength from the reference signal strength of the SDL corresponding to the valid SUL and the reference signal strength of the NDL to initiate random access.
  • the UE can select from the first SDL The SUL corresponding to the second SDL with the highest reference signal strength initiates random access.
  • UE1 within the coverage of beam1 and beam2 measures the reference signal strength of NDL in the area where UE1 is located.
  • the SUL configuration information sent by beam1 beam received by UE1 is measured according to the SDL measurement configuration information.
  • the reference signal strength of SDL1, the reference signal strength of SDL2 and the reference signal strength of SDL3, UE1 determines the valid SULs as SUL-1 and SUL-2 according to the SUL configuration information, therefore, UE1 can use the reference signal strength of SDL1, the reference signal strength of SDL2
  • the signal strength is compared with the reference signal strength of the NDL, and the UL corresponding to the DL with the highest reference signal strength is selected to initiate random access.
  • FIG. 5A UE1 within the coverage of beam1 and beam2 measures the reference signal strength of NDL in the area where UE1 is located.
  • the SUL configuration information sent by beam1 beam received by UE1 is measured according to the SDL measurement configuration information.
  • UE1 is at the inner edge of the curve NDL, is not within the coverage of the curve NUL, and is far away from the first network device 11, so the reference signal strength of the NDL measured by UE1 may be relatively small; similarly, UE1 Although it is within the coverage of the curve SDL2, it is located at the edge part close to the inner side and is far from the second network device 14, so the reference signal strength of SDL2 measured by UE1 may be relatively small; UE1 is relatively close to the second network device 12 , and within the coverage of the curve SDL1, the reference signal strength of SDL1 measured by the UE1 may be relatively large. Therefore, UE1 can select SUL-1 corresponding to SDL1 to initiate random access.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the first network device 11 through beam1 includes: the SUL identifier SUL config1 of SUL-1 matches the SDL1 (SDL config1) of SUL-1, the priority of SUL config1
  • the level information is 1, the SUL of SUL-2 identifies the SDL2 (SDL config 2) that matches SUL config2 and SUL-2, the priority information of SUL config2 is 2, and the SUL of SUL-3 identifies SUL config3 and SUL-3 matches SDL3 (SDL config 3), the priority information of SUL config3 is 3.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the first network device 11 through beam2 includes: the SUL identifier SUL config1 of SUL-1 matches SDL1 (SDL config1) of SUL-1, the priority information of SUL config1 is 2, and the SUL config1 of SUL-2 SUL identifies SDL2 (SDL config 2) that matches SUL config2 and SUL-2, the priority information of SUL config2 is 1, and SUL of SUL-3 identifies SDL3 (SDL config 3) that matches SUL config3 and SUL-3 (SDL config 3), SUL config3
  • the priority information is 3.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the first network device 11 through beam3 includes: the SUL identifier SUL config1 of SUL-1 matches SDL1 (SDL config1) of SUL-1, the priority information of SUL config1 is 3, and the priority information of SUL-2 is 3.
  • SUL identifies SDL2 (SDL config 2) that matches SUL config2 and SUL-2, the priority information of SUL config2 is 2, and SUL of SUL-3 identifies SDL3 (SDL config 3) that matches SUL config3 and SUL-3 (SDL config 3), SUL config3
  • the priority information is 1.
  • the network device 11 transmits SIBs of different configurations using different NDL beams.
  • the SUL configuration information of each SIB may also include SDL measurement configuration information, which is not shown in Table 4.6.
  • the UE after receiving the SIB, the UE measures the reference signal strength of the SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and can determine the SUL with the highest priority according to the priority information of the SUL.
  • the UE can also measure the reference signal strength of the NDL.
  • the UL of random access is selected according to the reference signal strength of SDL and the reference signal strength of NDL corresponding to the SUL with the highest level.
  • the UE may determine multiple SULs with higher priorities according to the priority information of the SULs, and select the UL for random access according to the reference signal strengths of the SDLs and the reference signal strengths of the NDLs corresponding to the multiple SULs with higher priorities.
  • UE1 within the coverage of beam1 and beam2 measures the reference signal strength of NDL in the area where UE1 is located.
  • the SUL configuration information sent by beam1 beam received by UE1 is measured according to the SDL measurement configuration information.
  • the reference signal strength of SDL1, the reference signal strength of SDL2 and the reference signal strength of SDL3, UE1 determines that the SUL with the highest priority is SUL-1 according to the SUL configuration information. Therefore, UE1 can use the reference signal strength of SDL1 and the reference signal strength of NDL. Make a comparison, and select the UL corresponding to the DL with the highest reference signal strength to initiate random access. As shown in FIG.
  • UE1 is at the inner edge of the curve NDL, not within the coverage of the curve NUL, and is far away from the first network device 11, so the reference signal strength of the NDL measured by UE1 may be relatively small;
  • the network device 12 is relatively close, and within the coverage of the curve SDL1, the reference signal strength of SDL1 measured by the UE1 may be relatively large. Therefore, UE1 can select SUL-1 corresponding to SDL1 to initiate random access.
  • the SUL configuration information in each SIB may include, in addition to the matching relationship between multiple SULs and multiple SDLs, SDL measurement configuration information, the validity identifier and/or priority information of each SUL, an NDL threshold NDL - SDL thresholds corresponding to RSRP and/or multiple SDLs respectively.
  • the UE may select a SUL from the multiple SULs in combination with the validity identifier and/or priority information of each SUL, the NDL threshold NDL-RSRP, and the SDL thresholds corresponding to the multiple SDLs respectively Initiate random access.
  • Figure 5C also configures SDL thresholds corresponding to multiple SDLs, and Figure 5C only draws the SDL1 threshold SDL1-RSRP(ref) and SDL3 threshold SDL3-RSRP(ref), the validity flag is configured for each SUL in the example of Table 4.7.
  • Figure 5C In the application scenario shown in FIG.
  • the UE after receiving the SIB, the UE measures the reference signal strength of the SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and can determine the valid SUL according to the validity flag of the SUL, and according to the reference signal of the SDL corresponding to the valid SUL The relationship between the strength and the SDL threshold, select the available SUL from the available SULs.
  • the UL corresponding to the DL with the larger reference signal strength is selected from among them to initiate random access. For example, for the SDL matching the available SUL, if the reference signal strength of the SDL is lower than that of the NDL, the UE can initiate access from the NUL, and if the reference signal strength of the SDL is greater than that of the NDL, the UE Access can be initiated from the SUL corresponding to the SDL.
  • the reference signal strength of the SDL is lower than that of the NDL
  • the UE Access can be initiated from the SUL corresponding to the SDL.
  • Figure 5C also configures an NDL threshold.
  • the NDL threshold in the SUL configuration information of each SIB can be the same, or can be different.
  • FIG. 5B shows an example in which the NDL thresholds in the SUL configuration information of each SIB are the same.
  • the validity flag of each SUL is configured in the example of Table 4.8.
  • the UE can measure the SDL reference signal strength according to the SDL measurement configuration information, the UE can also measure the NDL reference signal strength, and the UE can determine the valid SUL according to the SUL validity identifier.
  • the UE can compare the relationship between the reference signal strength of the NDL and the NDL threshold. If the reference signal strength of the NDL is less than the NDL threshold, the UE can select the SDL corresponding to the SDL with the highest reference signal strength from the SDLs corresponding to the valid SULs to initiate random access; If the reference signal strength of NDL is not less than the NDL threshold, the UE may initiate random access from NUL.
  • UE1 receives beam1, and UE1 measures the reference signal strength of SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and the reference signal strength of NDL in the area where it is located.
  • the UE1 measures the reference signal strength of SDL1, the reference signal strength of SDL2, and the reference signal strength of SDL3, and the UE can determine the valid SULs as SUL-1 and SUL-2 according to the SUL validity identifier.
  • UE1 compares the reference signal strength of NDL with the NDL threshold.
  • UE1 can determine the SDL corresponding to the maximum reference signal strength from the SDL1 corresponding to SUL-1 and the SDL2 corresponding to SUL-2 SDL, from The SUL corresponding to the SDL with the highest reference signal strength initiates random access.
  • UE1 is at the inner edge of the curve NDL, is not within the coverage of the curve NUL, and is far away from the first network device 11, so the reference signal strength of the NDL measured by the UE1 may be relatively small, smaller than the NDL threshold; similarly; Yes, although UE1 is within the coverage of curve SDL2, it is located at the edge part close to the inner side and is far from the second network device 14, so the reference signal strength of SDL2 measured by UE1 may be relatively small; UE1 is far from the second network device. 12 is relatively close, and within the coverage of the curve SDL1, the reference signal strength of SDL1 measured by the UE1 may be relatively large. Therefore, UE1 can select SUL-1 corresponding to SDL1 to initiate random access.
  • Figure 5C also configures SDL thresholds corresponding to multiple SDLs, and Figure 5C only draws the SDL1 threshold SDL1-RSRP(ref) and SDL3 threshold SDL3-RSRP(ref), the priority information is configured for each SUL in the example of Table 4.9.
  • the UE after the UE receives the SIB, it measures the reference signal strength of SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and the UE can measure the reference signal strength of the reference signal strength according to the SDL reference signal strength and SDL
  • the relationship between the thresholds, the SUL available for the service is selected from the SULs whose corresponding SDL reference signal strengths are measured.
  • the UE may determine the SUL with the highest priority from the available SULs to initiate random access according to the priority information of the SUL.
  • UE1 can measure the reference signal strength of SDL1 and the SDL threshold SDL1 respectively.
  • RSRP(ref) Comparison of RSRP(ref)
  • SUL-1 and SUL-2 services are available, according to SUL-1 and SUL-2 It can be seen from the priority information of SUL-1 that the priority of SUL-1 is high, and UE1 can initiate random access from SUL-1.
  • Figure 5C also configures an NDL threshold. It should be noted that the NDL threshold in the SUL configuration information of each SIB can be the same, or can be different.
  • the priority information of each SUL is configured in the example of Table 4.10.
  • the UE may measure the SDL reference signal strength according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and the UE may also measure the NDL reference signal strength. The UE can compare the relationship between the NDL reference signal strength and the NDL threshold. If the NDL reference signal strength is less than the NDL threshold, the UE can select the SUL with the highest priority according to the SUL priority information to initiate random access; if the NDL reference signal strength If it is not less than the NDL threshold, the UE can initiate random access from the NUL.
  • the SUL configuration information in each SIB may include the matching relationship between multiple SULs and multiple SDLs, and SDL measurement configuration information.
  • the NDL beam sent by the first network device includes the SSB and the SSB index SSBindex. Different NDLs The SSB indexes included in the beams are different, and the random access method in this embodiment is described as an example.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the first network device 11 through beam1, beam2, and beam3 includes: the SUL identifier SUL-1 of SUL-1 matches the SDL1 (SDL config1) of SUL-1,
  • the SUL of SUL-2 identifies SUL config2 and SDL2 (SDL config 2) where SUL-2 matches, and the SUL of SUL-3 identifies SDL3 (SDL config 3) where SUL config3 and SUL-3 match.
  • the index in the SSB sent by the first network device through beam1 is SSBindex1
  • the index in the SSB sent through beam2 is SSBindex2
  • the index in the SSB sent through beam3 is SSBindex3.
  • the indexes in the three beams can be different.
  • the UE receives the SSB sent by the beam, and obtains the SSB index SSBindex. After receiving the SUL configuration information, the UE obtains the total number of configured SUL cells, and can select the SUL that initiates random access according to the value of the SSBindex and the remainder of the total number of SUL cells. For example, in this example, assuming that SSBindex1 is 1, SSBindex2 is 2, and SSBindex3 is 3, then the SUL of the access indicated by SSBindex1 is SUL-1, the SUL of the access indicated by SSBindex2 is SUL-2, and the SUL indicated by SSBindex3 is SUL-2. The accessed SUL is SUL-3.
  • the SUL configuration information may further include a validity identifier and/or priority information of each SUL. If the validity identifier of each SUL is included, in the case of conflict between the SUL indicated by the SSBindex and the SUL indicated by the validity identifier, the UE may select the SUL whose validity identifier is valid to initiate random access. If the priority information of each SUL is included, in the case that the priority of the SUL indicated by the SSBindex is not the highest, the UE may select the SUL indicated by the SSBindex to initiate random access.
  • the second network device can only provide the SUL service to a partial area of the cell of the first network device (the network device 200 ).
  • the first network device may use NDL beams to send SIBs with different configurations to the UE, where the SIBs include SUL configuration information, and the SIBs in different NDL beams include different SUL configuration information.
  • the SUL configuration information may include SUL identification of at least one SUL and at least one SUL threshold.
  • the SUL configuration information may further include a validity identifier of the SUL threshold.
  • the SUL configuration information In an area without SUL coverage, in the SIB of the NDL beam sent by the first network device, the SUL configuration information The included SUL threshold may be invalid. Alternatively, the SUL thresholds configured in different SIBs are different. In an area without SUL coverage, in the SIB of the NDL beam sent by the first network device, the SUL threshold included in the SUL configuration information is configured as 0. In this way, the UE can initiate random access from the NUL.
  • FIG. 6A shows a schematic diagram of a random access scenario according to an example of the present application.
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent by the network device 11 through beam1 includes: the SUL identifier SUL config1 of SUL-1, the SUL threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1 and the validity identifier of the SUL threshold as valid ( available);
  • the SUL configuration information in the SIB sent through beam2 includes: the SUL identifier SUL config2 of SUL-2, the SUL threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2, and the validity identifier of the SUL threshold is disabled.
  • UE1 is not covered by SUL, UE1 receives beam2, determines that the validity flag of the SUL threshold is invalid, and UE1 can initiate random access from NUL.
  • Example 2 The difference between Example 2 and Example 1 of this embodiment is that in the SIB of beam2 sent by the first network device, the SUL threshold included in the SUL configuration information is 0.
  • FIG. 6B shows a schematic diagram of a random access scenario according to an example of the present application.
  • the SUL threshold is 0, UE1 is not covered by SUL, UE1 receives beam2, UE2 measures the RSRP of the NDL in the area where it is located, determines the SUL threshold is 0, and UE1 compares the NDL The RSRP and SUL thresholds determine that the RSRP of the NDL is greater than the SUL threshold, and UE1 can initiate random access from the NUL.
  • FIG. 7 shows an interaction diagram of a random access method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a random access method, which can be applied to a first network device.
  • the method may include: Step S700, the first network device uses a normal downlink NDL beam to send supplementary uplink SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam, so that the UE measures the reference signal strength corresponding to the NDL beam , if the reference signal strength is less than the first SUL threshold, the UE initiates random access from the first SUL corresponding to the first SUL identifier (for the specific process of the UE, please refer to the introduction of steps S701-S703).
  • the SUL configuration information includes the SUL identifier of at least one SUL and at least one SUL threshold, and the SUL configuration information corresponding to different NDL beams is different; wherein the at least one SUL is the SUL provided by the second network device, and the at least one SUL
  • the SUL identifier includes a first SUL identifier, and the at least one SUL threshold includes a first SUL threshold corresponding to the first SUL identifier.
  • the first network device is a base station, or a small cell, or other user equipment, for example, the first network device may be an NR base station.
  • the first network device may send an NDL beam to the UE, where the NDL beam includes SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam, and the SIBs in different NDL beams include different SUL configuration information. Since the NDL beams received by the UE in different areas are different, the UE can further differentiate the SULs accessed according to the NDL beams, as shown in part 1 of Embodiment 1 of the present application.
  • the SUL configuration information of one NDL beam may include one SUL and one SUL threshold, as shown in Example 1 of Embodiment 1.
  • the SUL configuration information of one NDL beam may include SUL identifiers of multiple SULs and multiple SUL thresholds, and the multiple SUL thresholds may be the same or different.
  • the SUL configuration information also includes one of the following parameters or a combination of several parameters of each SUL: a first validity identifier, priority information, such as Example 2, Example 3, and Example 4 of Embodiment 1.
  • the NDL beam may also include an SSB index, and different NDL beams include different SSB indexes, and the SSB index is used to indicate that the random Access SUL.
  • the NDL beam may include one SSBindex or multiple SSBindexes, as described in Example 1 and Example 2 of Embodiment 2.
  • the NDL beam may include an SSB index
  • each SUL configuration information may further include a validity identifier and a parameter of priority information or A combination of multiple parameters. That is to say, when the UE receives the SUL configuration information, it can select the SUL to initiate random access according to one parameter or a combination of multiple parameters in the SSBindex, the validity identifier and the priority information in the beam. As described in Example 3 of Example 2.
  • the SUL can be flexibly configured in combination with the validity identifier, priority information, and SSB index, so that the UE can select the SUL for access according to different scenarios.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes a second validity identifier of the SUL threshold, and the second validity identifier may be valid or invalid.
  • the SUL threshold included in the SUL configuration information may be invalid, so that the UE may initiate random access from the NUL. It can be used to distinguish areas covered by SUL from areas not covered by SUL, to solve the problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish areas not covered by SUL, as described in Embodiment 5.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a random access method, which can be applied to a UE.
  • the method may include:
  • Step S701 the user equipment UE receives a normal downlink NDL beam, where the NDL beam includes supplementary uplink SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam.
  • the NDL beams received by the UE in different areas are different, and the SUL configuration information included in the different NDL beams is different, and the SUL configuration information includes at least one SUL SUL identifier and at least one SUL threshold;
  • the NDL beam is the first A beam sent by a network device, the at least one SUL is an SUL provided by a second network device;
  • the SUL identifier of the at least one SUL includes a first SUL identifier, and the at least one SUL threshold includes a SUL corresponding to the first SUL identifier The first SUL threshold.
  • Step S702 the UE measures the reference signal strength corresponding to the NDL beam.
  • Step S703 if the reference signal strength is less than the first SUL threshold, the UE initiates random access from the first SUL corresponding to the first SUL identifier.
  • the SUL configuration information of one NDL beam may include one SUL and one SUL threshold, as shown in Example 1 of Embodiment 1.
  • the NDL beams received by the UE in different areas are different, and the SUL configuration information included in different NDL beams is different.
  • the UE can select the SUL access configured by the SUL configuration information according to the received SUL configuration information and the measured reference signal strength. No longer.
  • the SUL configuration information of one NDL beam may include SUL identifiers of multiple SULs and multiple SUL thresholds, and the multiple SUL thresholds may be the same or different.
  • the SUL configuration information also includes one of the following parameters or a combination of several parameters of each SUL: a first validity identifier, priority information, such as Example 2, Example 3, and Example 4 of Embodiment 1.
  • the UE receives the beam, and by measuring the reference signal strength of the NDL, it can select a SUL from multiple SULs to initiate random access according to the reference signal strength of the NDL, the SUL threshold, and the validity identifier and/or priority information of each SUL .
  • the NDL beam may also include an SSB index, and different NDL beams include different SSB indexes, and the SSB index is used to indicate that the SUL for random access.
  • the NDL beam may include one SSBindex or multiple SSBindexes, as described in Example 1 and Example 2 of Embodiment 2.
  • Each SUL configuration information may further include one parameter or a combination of multiple parameters in the validity identifier and the priority information. That is to say, when the UE receives the SUL configuration information, it can select the SUL to initiate random access according to one parameter or a combination of multiple parameters in the SSBindex, the validity identifier and the priority information in the beam. As described in Example 3 of Example 2.
  • the user equipment in FIG. 3A can select the SUL cell with the NDL beam configuration at the location to initiate random access according to the relationship between the measured reference signal strength and the SUL threshold, while the one shown in FIG. 2B In the example of , the user equipment cannot distinguish three different SULs. Therefore, the random access method according to the present application can solve the technical problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish different SULs.
  • the SUL configuration information includes SUL identifiers of multiple SULs and multiple SUL thresholds, and the SUL configuration information further includes the first validity identifier and/or priority of each SUL information; the first validity identifier of the SUL corresponding to the first SUL identifier is valid and/or has the highest priority.
  • SUL identifiers of multiple SULs and multiple SUL thresholds and the SUL configuration information further includes the first validity identifier and/or priority of each SUL information; the first validity identifier of the SUL corresponding to the first SUL identifier is valid and/or has the highest priority.
  • the SUL configuration information includes SUL identifiers of multiple SULs and multiple SUL thresholds
  • the NDL beam further includes SSBindex
  • the SSBindex included in different NDL beams received by the UE
  • the SSBindex is used to indicate the first SUL.
  • the first SUL identifier is the remainder of the value of the SSBindex and the total number of multiple SULs, or the first SUL identifier is the value of the SSBindex.
  • the SUL can be flexibly configured in combination with the validity identifier, priority information, and SSB index, so that the UE can select the SUL for access according to different scenarios.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes a second validity identifier of the at least one SUL threshold
  • the method further includes: if the second validity identifier of the SUL threshold is invalid or If the SUL threshold is 0 or a negative value, random access is initiated from the NUL.
  • the SUL threshold included in the SUL configuration information may be invalid, so that the UE may initiate random access from the NUL. It can be used to distinguish the area with SUL coverage from the area without SUL coverage, and solve the problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish the area without SUL coverage.
  • FIG. 8 shows an interaction diagram of a random access method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • the present application also provides a random access method, which can be applied to the first network device. As shown in Figure 8, the method may include:
  • Step S800 sending supplementary uplink SUL configuration information.
  • the SUL configuration information may include: multiple SULs, multiple SDLs and SDL measurement configuration information respectively matching the multiple SULs, so that the user equipment UE measures the multiple SDLs according to the SDL measurement configuration information and initiate random access from the SUL corresponding to the second SDL; wherein, the second SDL is the highest reference signal strength among at least one first SDL, and the at least one first SDL is the UE according to The reference strengths of the plurality of SDLs are selected from the plurality of SDLs.
  • the present application also provides a random access method, which can be applied to user equipment. As shown in FIG. 8 , the method may include:
  • the user equipment UE receives supplementary uplink SUL configuration information, where the SUL configuration information includes multiple SULs, multiple supplementary downlink SDLs respectively matching the multiple SULs, and SDL measurement configuration information;
  • the UE measures the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs according to the SDL measurement configuration information
  • the UE selects at least one first SDL from the multiple SDLs according to the reference signal strength of the multiple SDLs, selects a second SDL from the at least one first SDL, and the second SDL among the at least one first SDL SDL has the highest reference signal strength;
  • the UE initiates random access from the SUL corresponding to the second SDL.
  • the UE can measure the reference signal strength of SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and according to the reference signal strength of SDL The signal strength selects the SUL to initiate random access, so that the UE can distinguish different SULs according to the selected strategy, which can solve the technical problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish different SULs.
  • sending the SUL configuration information may include: omnidirectionally broadcasting the SUL configuration information.
  • the UE receiving the SUL configuration information may include: the UE receiving the broadcasted SUL configuration information.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes NDL measurement configuration information
  • the method further includes: the UE measures the reference signal strength of normal downlink NDL; Selecting at least one first SDL from the multiple SDLs includes: the UE selecting at least one first SDL from the multiple SDLs according to the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs and the reference signal strengths of the NDLs, and the at least one The reference signal strength of the first SDL is greater than the reference signal strength of the NDL.
  • the SUL configuration information may further include: a normal downlink NDL threshold and/or multiple SDL thresholds.
  • the UE measures the reference signal strengths of multiple SDLs, and can select at least one of the multiple SDLs according to the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs and a combination of one or more of the following parameters First SDL: NDL threshold, multiple SDL thresholds.
  • the distance between the UE and the network equipment that provides NUL resources can be more accurately determined, and a more suitable UL can be selected to initiate random access.
  • a part of the SULs that cannot provide services can be filtered, and the final SUL that can provide services can be selected.
  • the access SUL can improve the access efficiency.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes an NDL threshold
  • the method further includes: the UE measures the reference signal strength of normal downlink NDL; when the reference signal strength of the NDL is less than the At the NDL threshold, the SDL for which the reference signal strength is measured is the at least one first SDL.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes an NDL threshold and an SDL threshold corresponding to the SDL
  • the method further includes: the UE measures the reference signal strength of the normal downlink NDL; the at least one first The reference signal strength of an SDL is greater than the corresponding SDL threshold, and selecting a second SDL from the at least one first SDL includes: if the reference signal of the NDL is less than the NDL threshold, the UE selects the reference signal from the first SDL. The second SDL with the highest strength initiates random access.
  • the SUL configuration information includes an SDL threshold corresponding to the SDL
  • the method further includes: the UE measures the reference signal strength of the normal downlink NDL; Selecting at least one first SDL from the multiple SDLs includes: the UE selecting at least one first SDL from the multiple SDLs according to the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs, the SDL threshold and the reference signal strength of the NDL, The reference signal strength of the at least one first SDL is greater than the corresponding SDL threshold and greater than the reference signal strength of the NDL.
  • sending the SUL configuration information may include: using an NDL beam to send the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam, and the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam includes a SUL, a SUL corresponding to the one SUL A matched SDL and SDL measurement configuration information; the SUL configuration information corresponding to different NDL beams is different.
  • the UE receives the SUL configuration information, which may include: the UE receives a normal downlink NDL beam, where the NDL beam includes SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam.
  • the SUL configuration information may further include NDL measurement configuration information
  • the method may further include: the UE measures the reference signal strength of normal downlink NDL; Selecting at least one first SDL from the multiple SDLs includes: the UE selecting at least one first SDL from the multiple SDLs according to the reference signal strength of the multiple SDLs and the reference signal strength of the NDL, and the at least one first SDL The reference signal strength of an SDL is greater than that of the NDL.
  • different SUL configuration information in different NDL beams that is, different SUL cells are configured in different NDL beams.
  • UEs located in the coverage of different NDL beams can choose to initiate random access from the SUL configured in the NDL beams.
  • Different SULs are distinguished by different beams, and the random access method provided by the embodiments of the present application can solve the technical problem that a single RSRP threshold cannot distinguish different SULs.
  • the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam includes one SUL, one SDL matching the one SUL, and SDL measurement configuration information
  • the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam also includes: an NDL threshold and/or an SDL threshold.
  • the UE measures the reference signal strength of the SDL according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and the UE can also measure the reference signal strength of the NDL.
  • the UE may select the UL for random access according to the measured SDL reference signal strength and NDL reference signal strength in combination with an NDL threshold and/or an SDL threshold. Specifically, as Example 2, Example 3 and Example 4 of Embodiment 4.
  • the distance between the UE and the network equipment that provides NUL resources can be more accurately determined, and a more suitable UL can be selected to initiate random access.
  • a part of the SULs that cannot provide services can be filtered, and the final SUL that can provide services can be selected.
  • the access SUL can improve the access efficiency.
  • sending the SUL configuration information may include: using an NDL beam to send the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam, the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam includes multiple SULs, Multiple SDL and SDL measurement configuration information matched with each SUL respectively; the NDL beam also includes SSBindex, different NDL beams include different SSBindex, and the SSBindex is used to indicate the SUL used for initiating random access; and/ Or, the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam further includes one of the following parameters or a combination of several parameters of each SUL: validity identifier and priority information.
  • the UE selects at least one first SDL from the multiple SDLs according to the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs, which may include: the UE selects at least one first SDL according to the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs and one of the following parameters or The combination of several parameters selects at least one first SDL from the multiple SDLs: SSBindex, validity identifier, priority information; the SUL corresponding to the first SDL is the SUL pointed to by the SSBindex, and the validity identifier is valid or priority. highest level.
  • the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam may further include: an NDL threshold and/or an SDL threshold.
  • Step S803 the UE selects at least one first SDL from the multiple SDLs according to the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs, which may include: the UE selects from the multiple SDLs according to the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs and one of the following parameters or a combination of several parameters: At least one first SDL is selected from the plurality of SDLs: NDL threshold, SDL threshold, SSBindex, validity identifier, priority information.
  • the SUL can be flexibly configured in combination with the validity identifier, priority information, and SSB index, so that the UE can select the SUL for access according to different scenarios.
  • FIG. 9 shows a block diagram of a random access apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the random access apparatus shown in FIG. 9 can be applied to network equipment to perform step S800 in FIG. 8 , the apparatus includes: a configuration module 110, configured to send supplementary uplink SUL configuration information, the SUL configuration
  • the information includes: multiple SULs, multiple SDLs matching the multiple SULs, and SDL measurement configuration information, so that the user equipment UE measures the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs according to the SDL measurement configuration information, and obtains the information from the SDLs.
  • the SUL corresponding to the second SDL initiates random access; wherein, the second SDL is at least one first SDL with the highest reference signal strength, and the at least one first SDL is the reference of the UE according to the multiple SDLs
  • the intensity is selected from the plurality of SDLs.
  • the configuration module 110 includes: a broadcasting unit, configured to omnidirectionally broadcast the SUL configuration information.
  • the SUL configuration information may further include: a normal downlink NDL threshold and/or multiple SDL thresholds. For details, see Example 3.
  • the configuration module 110 includes: a first sending unit, configured to use an NDL beam to send SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam to the UE, where the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam includes a SUL, One SDL and SDL measurement configuration information matching the one SUL; the SUL configuration information corresponding to different NDL beams is different.
  • the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam may further include: an NDL threshold and/or an SDL threshold. For details, see Example 4.
  • the configuration module 110 includes: a second sending unit, configured to use an NDL beam to send SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam, where the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam includes a plurality of SULs, and Multiple SDL and SDL measurement configuration information matched by the multiple SULs respectively; the NDL beam also includes an SSBindex, the SSBindex included in different NDL beams is different, and the SSBindex is used to indicate the SUL used to initiate random access ; and/or, the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam further includes one of the following parameters or a combination of several parameters of each SUL: validity identifier and priority information.
  • the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam may further include: an NDL threshold and/or an SDL threshold. For details, see Example 4.
  • FIG. 10 shows a block diagram of a random access apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the random access apparatus shown in FIG. 10 may be applied to user equipment UE, and the random access apparatus may include:
  • a first receiving module 120 configured to receive supplementary uplink SUL configuration information, where the SUL configuration information includes multiple SULs, multiple supplementary downlink SDLs respectively matching the multiple SULs, and SDL measurement configuration information ;
  • a first measurement module 121 configured to measure the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs according to the SDL measurement configuration information
  • a selection module 122 configured to select at least one first SDL from the multiple SDLs according to the reference signal strength of the multiple SDLs, select a second SDL from the at least one first SDL, and select the second SDL from the at least one first SDL.
  • the reference signal strength of the second SDL is the highest;
  • the first access module 123 is configured to initiate random access from the SUL corresponding to the second SDL.
  • the first receiving module 120 includes: a first receiving unit, configured to receive a normal downlink NDL beam, the NDL beam includes SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam, and the NDL beam
  • the SUL configuration information corresponding to the beam includes one SUL, one SDL matching the one SUL, and SDL measurement configuration information.
  • the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam includes multiple SULs, multiple SDLs and SDL measurement configuration information respectively matched with the multiple SULs; the NDL beam also includes the SSBindex, which is different from The SSBindex included in the NDL beam is different, and the SSBindex is used to indicate the SUL used for initiating random access; and/or, the SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam further includes: one or more of the following parameters of each SUL Combination of parameters: validity identification, priority information.
  • the selection module 122 includes: a first selection unit, configured to select from the multiple SDLs according to the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs and one of the following parameters or a combination of several parameters At least one first SDL: SSBindex, validity identifier, priority information; the SUL corresponding to the first SDL is the SUL pointed to by the SSBindex, the validity identifier is valid or the priority is the highest.
  • a first selection unit configured to select from the multiple SDLs according to the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs and one of the following parameters or a combination of several parameters At least one first SDL: SSBindex, validity identifier, priority information; the SUL corresponding to the first SDL is the SUL pointed to by the SSBindex, the validity identifier is valid or the priority is the highest.
  • the first receiving module 120 includes: a second receiving unit, configured to receive the SUL configuration information broadcast by a network device.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes NDL measurement configuration information
  • the apparatus further includes: a second measurement module 124, configured to measure the reference signal strength of normal downlink NDL
  • the selection module 122 includes: a second selection unit configured to select at least one first SDL from the plurality of SDLs according to the reference signal strength of the plurality of SDLs and the reference signal strength of the NDL, and the reference signal of the at least one first SDL The signal strength is greater than the reference signal strength of the NDL.
  • the apparatus further includes: a second access module 125, configured to, if the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are not measured, or, the measured reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs The signal strength is less than or equal to the reference signal strength of the NDL, and when the reference signal strength of the NDL is measured, random access is initiated from the NUL.
  • a second access module 125 configured to, if the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are not measured, or, the measured reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs The signal strength is less than or equal to the reference signal strength of the NDL, and when the reference signal strength of the NDL is measured, random access is initiated from the NUL.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes an NDL threshold, and when the reference signal strength of the NDL is less than the NDL threshold, the measured SDL of the reference signal strength is the at least one first SDL.
  • the second access module 125 is further configured to initiate random access from the NUL if the reference signal strength of the NDL is not less than the NDL threshold; if the multiple SDLs are not measured The reference signal strength is measured, and if the reference signal strength of the NDL is measured, the UE initiates random access from the NUL.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes an NDL threshold and an SDL threshold corresponding to the SDL
  • the reference signal strength of the at least one first SDL is greater than the corresponding SDL threshold
  • the selection module 122 includes : a third selection unit, configured to select a second SDL with the highest strength of the reference signal from the first SDL if the reference signal of the NDL is smaller than the NDL threshold.
  • the second access module 125 is further configured to, if the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are not measured, or, the measured reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are less than or is equal to the corresponding SDL threshold, and if the reference signal strength of the NDL is measured, the UE initiates random access from the NUL;
  • the SUL configuration information includes an SDL threshold corresponding to the SDL
  • the selection module 122 includes: a fourth selection unit, configured to use reference signal strengths of multiple SDLs, the SDL threshold and For the reference signal strength of the NDL, at least one first SDL is selected from the plurality of SDLs, and the reference signal strength of the at least one first SDL is greater than the corresponding SDL threshold and greater than the reference signal strength of the NDL.
  • the second access module 125 is further configured to, if the reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are not measured, or, the measured reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are less than or is equal to the corresponding SDL threshold, or, the measured reference signal strengths of the multiple SDLs are less than the reference signal strengths of the NDLs, and the NDL reference signal strengths are measured, the UE initiates random access from the NUL. enter.
  • FIG. 11 shows a block diagram of a random access apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the random access apparatus shown in FIG. 11 may be applied to network equipment, and the apparatus may include:
  • a sending module 90 configured to use a normal downlink NDL beam to send supplementary uplink SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam, where the SUL configuration information includes at least one SUL SUL identifier and at least one SUL threshold, the SUL corresponding to different NDL beams The configuration information is different; wherein, the at least one SUL is the SUL provided by the second network device; the SUL identifier of the at least one SUL includes a first SUL identifier, and the at least one SUL threshold includes a SUL corresponding to the first SUL identifier The first SUL threshold; enabling the UE to measure the reference signal strength corresponding to the NDL beam, and if the reference signal strength is less than the first SUL threshold, the UE initiates random access from the first SUL corresponding to the first SUL identifier.
  • the SUL configuration information includes SUL identifiers of multiple SULs and multiple SUL thresholds, and the SUL configuration information also includes one of the following parameters or a combination of several parameters of each SUL : first validity identifier, priority information; and/or, the NDL beam further includes an SSBindex, different NDL beams include different SSBindexes, and the SSBindex is used to indicate the SUL used for initiating random access.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes a second validity identifier of the SUL threshold.
  • FIG. 12 shows a block diagram of a random access apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the random access apparatus shown in FIG. 12 may be applied to user equipment UE, and the apparatus may include:
  • the second receiving module 91 is configured to receive a normal downlink NDL beam, the NDL beam includes supplementary uplink SUL configuration information corresponding to the NDL beam, and the SUL configuration information includes at least one SUL SUL identifier and at least one SUL threshold ; wherein, the NDL beam is a beam sent by a first network device, and the at least one SUL is an SUL provided by a second network device; the SUL identifier of the at least one SUL includes the first SUL identifier, and the at least one SUL threshold including a first SUL threshold corresponding to the first SUL identifier;
  • a third measurement module 92 configured to measure the reference signal strength corresponding to the NDL beam
  • the first access module 93 is configured to initiate random access from the first SUL corresponding to the first SUL identifier if the reference signal strength is less than the first SUL threshold.
  • the NDL beams received by the UE in different regions are different, and the SUL configuration information included in the different NDL beams is different.
  • the first network device is a base station, or a small cell, or other user equipment.
  • the SUL configuration information includes SUL identifiers of multiple SULs and multiple SUL thresholds, and the SUL configuration information further includes the first validity identifier and/or priority of each SUL information; the first validity identifier of the SUL corresponding to the first SUL identifier is valid and/or has the highest priority.
  • the SUL configuration information includes SUL identifiers of multiple SULs and multiple SUL thresholds
  • the NDL beam further includes SSBindex
  • the SSBindex is used to indicate the first SUL.
  • the first SUL identifier is the remainder of the value of the SSBindex and the total number of multiple SULs, or the first SUL identifier is the value of the SSBindex.
  • the SUL configuration information further includes a second validity identifier of the at least one SUL threshold
  • the apparatus further includes: a second access module 94, configured to use if the SUL threshold The second validity flag of is invalid or the SUL threshold is 0 or a negative value, then the random access is initiated from the NUL.
  • FIG. 13 shows a block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device shown in FIG. 13 may be the above-mentioned first network device, second network device, and network device.
  • the network device may be composed of a processor 801, a memory 802, a transceiver 803, etc., wherein the processor, the memory and the transceiver may be connected through one or more buses.
  • the functions to be implemented by the sending module 90 or the configuration module 110 may be implemented by the transceiver 803 of the network device, or implemented by the processor 801 controlling the transceiver 803 .
  • the processor 801 is the control center of the network device, using various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire network device, by running or executing the software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 802, and calling the data stored in the memory, To perform various functions of network equipment and/or process data.
  • the processor may be composed of an integrated circuit (IC for short), for example, may be composed of a single packaged IC, or may be composed of a plurality of packaged ICs connected with the same function or different functions.
  • the processor may only include a central processing unit (CPU for short), or may be a GPU, a digital signal processor (DSP for short), and a control chip (such as a baseband chip) in the transceiver )The combination.
  • the CPU may be a single computing core, or may include multiple computing cores.
  • the transceiver 803 is used to establish a communication channel, so that the network device is connected to the receiving device through the communication channel, so as to realize data transmission between the network devices.
  • the transceiver may include communication modules such as a wireless local area network (WLAN for short) module, a Bluetooth module, and a base band module, and a radio frequency (RF for short) circuit corresponding to the communication module.
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • RF radio frequency
  • Bluetooth communication infrared communication and/or cellular communication system communication, such as wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA for short) and/or high speed downlink packet access (high speed downlink) packet access, or HSDPA for short).
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • HSDPA high speed downlink packet access
  • the transceiver is used to control the communication of various components in the network device and may support direct memory access.
  • various transceivers in the transceiver 803 generally appear in the form of integrated circuit chips, and can be selectively combined, instead of including all transceivers and corresponding Antenna group.
  • the transceiver 803 may only include a baseband chip, a radio frequency chip, and a corresponding antenna to provide communication functions in a cellular communication system.
  • the network device may be connected to a cellular network or the internet via a wireless communication connection established by the transceiver, such as wireless local area network access or WCDMA access.
  • a communication module, such as a baseband module, in the transceiver may be integrated into a processor, typically an APQ+MDM series platform provided by Qualcomm.
  • the radio frequency circuit is used to receive and transmit signals during information transmission and reception or during a call. For example, after receiving the downlink information of the network device, it is processed by the processor; in addition, the designed uplink data is sent to the network device.
  • the radio frequency circuits include well-known circuits for performing these functions, including but not limited to antenna systems, radio frequency transceivers, one or more amplifiers, tuners, one or more oscillators, digital signal processors, codecs (codec) Chipset, Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) card, memory, etc.
  • radio frequency circuits can communicate with networks and other devices through wireless communication.
  • the wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to global system of mobile communication (GSM for short), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, gprs for short), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, referred to as CDMA), wideband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, referred to as WCDMA), high-speed uplink packet access technology (high speed uplink packet access, referred to as HSUPA), long-term evolution (long term evolution) term evolution, referred to as LTE), e-mail, short message service (short messaging service, referred to as SMS) and so on.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • general packet radio service general packet radio service
  • gprs for short
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • HSUPA high-speed uplink packet access technology
  • LTE long-term evolution
  • e-mail short message service
  • SMS short message service
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a random access device, including: a processor and a memory for storing instructions executable by the processor; wherein the processor is configured to implement the above method when executing the instructions.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a non-volatile computer-readable storage medium on which computer program instructions are stored, and when the computer program instructions are executed by a processor, implement the above method.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, including computer-readable codes, or a non-volatile computer-readable storage medium carrying computer-readable codes, when the computer-readable codes are stored in a processor of an electronic device When running in the electronic device, the processor in the electronic device executes the above method.
  • a computer-readable storage medium may be a tangible device that can hold and store instructions for use by the instruction execution device.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be, for example, but not limited to, an electrical storage device, a magnetic storage device, an optical storage device, an electromagnetic storage device, a semiconductor storage device, or any suitable combination of the foregoing.
  • Computer-readable storage media include: portable computer disks, hard disks, random access memory (RAM), read only memory (ROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically Programmable Read-Only-Memory, EPROM or flash memory), static random access memory (Static Random-Access Memory, SRAM), portable compact disk read-only memory (Compact Disc Read-Only Memory, CD - ROM), Digital Video Disc (DVD), memory sticks, floppy disks, mechanically encoded devices, such as punch cards or raised structures in grooves on which instructions are stored, and any suitable combination of the foregoing .
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read only memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable read-only memory
  • EPROM Errically Programmable Read-Only-Memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • portable compact disk read-only memory Compact Disc Read-Only Memory
  • CD - ROM Compact Disc Read-Only Memory
  • DVD Digital Video Disc
  • memory sticks floppy disks
  • the computer readable program instructions or code described herein can be downloaded to various computing/processing devices from a computer readable storage medium, or to an external computer or external storage device over a network, such as the Internet, a local area network, a wide area network, and/or a wireless network.
  • the network may include copper transmission cables, fiber optic transmission, wireless transmission, routers, firewalls, switches, gateway computers, and/or edge servers.
  • a network adapter card or network interface in each computing/processing device receives computer-readable program instructions from a network and forwards the computer-readable program instructions for storage in a computer-readable storage medium in each computing/processing device .
  • the computer program instructions used to perform the operations of the present application may be assembly instructions, Instruction Set Architecture (ISA) instructions, machine instructions, machine-related instructions, microcode, firmware instructions, state setting data, or in one or more source or object code written in any combination of programming languages, including object-oriented programming languages such as Smalltalk, C++, etc., and conventional procedural programming languages such as the "C" language or similar programming languages.
  • the computer readable program instructions may execute entirely on the user's computer, partly on the user's computer, as a stand-alone software package, partly on the user's computer and partly on a remote computer, or entirely on the remote computer or server implement.
  • the remote computer can be connected to the user's computer through any kind of network—including a Local Area Network (LAN) or a Wide Area Network (WAN)—or, can be connected to an external computer (e.g. use an internet service provider to connect via the internet).
  • electronic circuits such as programmable logic circuits, Field-Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA), or Programmable Logic Arrays (Programmable Logic Arrays), are personalized by utilizing state information of computer-readable program instructions.
  • Logic Array, PLA the electronic circuit can execute computer readable program instructions to implement various aspects of the present application.
  • These computer readable program instructions may be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to produce a machine that causes the instructions when executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing apparatus , resulting in means for implementing the functions/acts specified in one or more blocks of the flowchart and/or block diagrams.
  • These computer readable program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable storage medium, these instructions cause a computer, programmable data processing apparatus and/or other equipment to operate in a specific manner, so that the computer readable medium on which the instructions are stored includes An article of manufacture comprising instructions for implementing various aspects of the functions/acts specified in one or more blocks of the flowchart and/or block diagrams.
  • Computer readable program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer, other programmable data processing apparatus, or other equipment to cause a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer, other programmable data processing apparatus, or other equipment to produce a computer-implemented process , thereby causing instructions executing on a computer, other programmable data processing apparatus, or other device to implement the functions/acts specified in one or more blocks of the flowcharts and/or block diagrams.
  • each block in the flowchart or block diagrams may represent a module, segment, or portion of instructions, which comprises one or more functions for implementing the specified logical function(s) executable instructions.
  • the functions noted in the blocks may occur out of the order noted in the figures. For example, two blocks in succession may, in fact, be executed substantially concurrently, or the blocks may sometimes be executed in the reverse order, depending upon the functionality involved.
  • each block of the block diagrams and/or flowchart illustrations, and combinations of blocks in the block diagrams and/or flowchart illustrations can be implemented in hardware (eg, circuits or ASICs (Application) that perform the corresponding functions or actions. Specific Integrated Circuit, application-specific integrated circuit)), or can be implemented by a combination of hardware and software, such as firmware.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请涉及随机接入方法、装置及通信设备。随机接入方法包括：用户设备UE接收SUL配置信息，SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL、与多个SUL分别匹配的多个SDL、以及SDL测量配置信息；根据SDL测量配置信息测量多个SDL的参考信号强度；根据多个SDL的参考信号强度从多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，从至少一个第一SDL中选择第二SDL，在至少一个第一SDL中第二SDL的参考信号强度最高；从第二SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入。通过网络设备配置多个成对的SUL和SDL，UE可以测量SDL的参考信号强度，并根据SDL的参考信号强度选择SUL发起随机接入，使得UE可以根据选择的策略区别不同的SUL。

Description

随机接入方法、装置及通信设备
本申请要求于2020年11月24日提交中国专利局、申请号为202011332311.X、发明名称为“一种SUL随机接入的优化方法”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
本申请要求于2021年01月25日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110096649.8、发明名称为“随机接入方法、装置及通信设备”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种随机接入方法、装置以及通信装置。
背景技术
在第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project，3GPP)新空口(new radio，NR)协议中引入了SUL(Super Uplink/Supplementary Uplink，超级上行链路/补充上行链路)。SUL主要用来承载NR覆盖边缘的用户，引入SUL可以补充高频NR的上行覆盖。终端可以通过正常上行链路(normal uplink，NUL)或SUL进行上行传输。当上行载波的覆盖变差时，终端可以从NUL切换到SUL。
随着网络技术的发展，在第5代移动通信(the 5th generation，5G)新空口(new radio，NR)标准化工作中，NR支持从6GHz以下的频段到60GHz频段。通常情况下，在3GHz以下的频段主要部署长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)载波，以及在3GHz以上的频段主要部署NR载波。
在实际使用过程中，为了充分利用LTE载波中的上行资源，NR中的上行传输和LTE中的上行传输可以共享LTE载波中的上行资源；其中，LTE载波中可供NR上行传输的共享的上行资源部分可以被称为NR载波的增补上行链路资源。
发明内容
有鉴于此，提出了一种随机接入方法、装置及通信设备。
第一方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种随机接入方法，所述方法包括：第一网络设备使用正常下行链路NDL波束，向用户设备UE发送与NDL波束对应的补充上行链路SUL配置信息，SUL配置信息包括至少一个SUL的SUL标识和至少一个SUL阈值，不同的NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息不同；其中，所述至少一个SUL为第二网络设备提供的SUL；所述至少一个SUL的SUL标识包括第一SUL标识，所述至少一个SUL阈值包括与所述第一SUL标识对应的第一SUL阈值；使得UE测量NDL波束对应的参考信号强度，若所述参考信号强度小于所述第一SUL阈值，所述UE从第一SUL标识对应的第一SUL发起随机接入。
通过在不同的NDL波束中配置不同的SUL配置信息，也就是说，不同的NDL波束中配 置了不同的SUL小区。这样，位于不同的NDL波束覆盖范围内的UE在接收到NDL波束后，可以选择从NDL波束中配置的SUL发起随机接入。通过不同的波束区分了不同的SUL，根据本申请实施例提供的随机接入方法可以解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分不同的SUL的技术问题。
结合第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL的SUL标识和多个SUL阈值，所述SUL配置信息中还包括每个SUL的以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合：第一有效性标识、优先级信息；和/或，所述NDL波束中还包括SSBindex，不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex用于指示用于发起随机接入的SUL。结合有效性标识、优先级信息、SSBindex可以灵活配置SUL，使得UE可以根据不同的场景选择接入的SUL。
结合第一方面或者第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中还包括SUL阈值的第二有效性标识。在没有SUL覆盖的区域，第一网络设备发送的NDL波束的SIB中，SUL配置信息包括的SUL阈值可以是无效的，这样，UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。可以用于区分有SUL覆盖的区域和没有SUL覆盖的区域，解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分没有SUL覆盖的区域的问题。
第二方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种随机接入方法，所述方法包括：用户设备UE接收上述第一网络设备发送的正常下行链路NDL波束，所述NDL波束中包括与NDL波束对应的补充上行链路SUL配置信息，SUL配置信息包括至少一个SUL的SUL标识、至少一个SUL阈值；其中，所述NDL波束为第一网络设备发送的波束，所述至少一个SUL为第二网络设备提供的SUL；所述至少一个SUL的SUL标识包括第一SUL标识，所述至少一个SUL阈值包括与所述第一SUL标识对应的第一SUL阈值；所述UE测量NDL波束对应的参考信号强度；若所述参考信号强度小于所述第一SUL阈值，所述UE从第一SUL标识对应的第一SUL发起随机接入。
结合第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述UE在不同的区域接收的NDL波束不同，不同的NDL波束中包括的SUL配置信息不同。
通过在不同的NDL波束中配置不同的SUL配置信息，也就是说，不同的NDL波束中配置了不同的SUL小区。这样，位于不同的NDL波束覆盖范围内的UE在接收到NDL波束后，可以选择从NDL波束中配置的SUL发起随机接入。通过不同的波束区分了不同的SUL，根据本申请实施例提供的随机接入方法可以解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分不同的SUL的技术问题。
结合第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述第一网络设备为基站，或者小站，或者其他用户设备。
结合第二方面、或者第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式、或者第二种可能的时限方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL的SUL标识和多个SUL阈值，所述SUL配置信息中还包括每个SUL的第一有效性标识和/或优先级信息；所述第一SUL 标识对应的SUL的第一有效性标识为有效和/或优先级最高。
结合第二方面、或者第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL的SUL标识和多个SUL阈值，所述NDL波束中还包括SSBindex，所述UE接收的不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex用于指示所述第一SUL。
结合第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，所述第一SUL标识为所述SSBindex的值与多个SUL的总数的余数，或者，所述第一SUL标识为SSBindex的值。
结合有效性标识、优先级信息、SSBindex可以灵活配置SUL，使得UE可以根据不同的场景选择接入的SUL。
结合第二方面、或者第二方面的第三种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第六种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中还包括所述至少一个SUL阈值的第二有效性标识，所述方法还包括：若所述SUL阈值的第二有效性标识为无效或者SUL阈值为0或负值，则从NUL发起随机接入。
在没有SUL覆盖的区域，第一网络设备发送的NDL波束的SIB中，SUL配置信息包括的SUL阈值可以是无效的，这样，UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。可以用于区分有SUL覆盖的区域和没有SUL覆盖的区域，解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分没有SUL覆盖的区域的问题。
第三方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种随机接入装置，应用于第一网络设备所述装置包括：发送模块，用于使用正常下行链路NDL波束，向用户设备UE发送与NDL波束对应的补充上行链路SUL配置信息，SUL配置信息包括至少一个SUL的SUL标识和至少一个SUL阈值，不同的NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息不同；其中，所述至少一个SUL为第二网络设备提供的SUL；所述至少一个SUL的SUL标识包括第一SUL标识，所述至少一个SUL阈值包括与所述第一SUL标识对应的第一SUL阈值；使得UE测量NDL波束对应的参考信号强度，若所述参考信号强度小于所述第一SUL阈值，所述UE从第一SUL标识对应的第一SUL发起随机接入。
通过在不同的NDL波束中配置不同的SUL配置信息，也就是说，不同的NDL波束中配置了不同的SUL小区。这样，位于不同的NDL波束覆盖范围内的UE在接收到NDL波束后，可以选择从NDL波束中配置的SUL发起随机接入。通过不同的波束区分了不同的SUL，根据本申请实施例提供的随机接入装置可以解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分不同的SUL的技术问题。
结合第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL的SUL标识和多个SUL阈值，所述SUL配置信息中还包括每个SUL的以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合：第一有效性标识、优先级信息；和/或，所述NDL波束中还包括SSBindex，不同的 NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex用于指示用于发起随机接入的SUL。结合有效性标识、优先级信息、SSBindex可以灵活配置SUL，使得UE可以根据不同的场景选择接入的SUL。
结合第三方面或者第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中还包括SUL阈值的第二有效性标识。在没有SUL覆盖的区域，第一网络设备发送的NDL波束的SIB中，SUL配置信息包括的SUL阈值可以是无效的，这样，UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。可以用于区分有SUL覆盖的区域和没有SUL覆盖的区域，解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分没有SUL覆盖的区域的问题。第四方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种随机接入装置，可以应用于用户设备UE所述装置包括：
第二接收模块，用于接收上述第一网络设备发送的正常下行链路NDL波束，所述NDL波束中包括与NDL波束对应的补充上行链路SUL配置信息，SUL配置信息包括至少一个SUL的SUL标识、至少一个SUL阈值；其中，所述NDL波束为第一网络设备发送的波束，所述至少一个SUL为第二网络设备提供的SUL；所述至少一个SUL的SUL标识包括第一SUL标识，所述至少一个SUL阈值包括与所述第一SUL标识对应的第一SUL阈值；第三测量模块，用于测量NDL波束对应的参考信号强度；第一接入模块，用于若所述参考信号强度小于所述第一SUL阈值，从第一SUL标识对应的第一SUL发起随机接入。
结合第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述UE在不同的区域接收的NDL波束不同，不同的NDL波束中包括的SUL配置信息不同。
通过在不同的NDL波束中配置不同的SUL配置信息，也就是说，不同的NDL波束中配置了不同的SUL小区。这样，位于不同的NDL波束覆盖范围内的UE在接收到NDL波束后，可以选择从NDL波束中配置的SUL发起随机接入。通过不同的波束区分了不同的SUL，根据本申请实施例提供的随机接入装置可以解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分不同的SUL的技术问题。
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述第一网络设备为基站，或者小站，或者其他用户设备。
结合第四方面、或者第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式、或者第二种可能的时限方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL的SUL标识和多个SUL阈值，所述SUL配置信息中还包括每个SUL的第一有效性标识和/或优先级信息；所述第一SUL标识对应的SUL的第一有效性标识为有效和/或优先级最高。
结合第四方面、或者第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL的SUL标识和多个SUL阈值，所述NDL波束中还包括SSBindex，所述UE接收的不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex用于指示所述第一SUL。
结合第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，所述第一SUL标 识为所述SSBindex的值与多个SUL的总数的余数，或者，所述第一SUL标识为SSBindex的值。
结合有效性标识、优先级信息、SSBindex可以灵活配置SUL，使得UE可以根据不同的场景选择接入的SUL。
结合第四方面、或者第四方面的第三种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第六种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中还包括所述至少一个SUL阈值的第二有效性标识，所述装置还包括：第二接入模块，用于若所述SUL阈值的第二有效性标识为无效或者SUL阈值为0或负值，则从NUL发起随机接入。在没有SUL覆盖的区域，第一网络设备发送的NDL波束的SIB中，SUL配置信息包括的SUL阈值可以是无效的，这样，UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。可以用于区分有SUL覆盖的区域和没有SUL覆盖的区域，解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分没有SUL覆盖的区域的问题。
第五方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种随机接入方法，所述方法包括：网络设备向用户设备UE发送补充上行链路SUL配置信息，所述SUL配置信息中包括：多个SUL和与所述多个SUL分别匹配的多个补充下行链路SDL、SDL测量配置信息；使得用户设备UE根据所述SDL测量配置信息测量所述多个SDL的参考信号强度，并从第二SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入；其中，所述第二SDL是至少一个第一SDL中参考信号强度最高的，所述至少一个第一SDL是所述UE根据所述多个SDL的参考强度从所述多个SDL中选择的。
通过配置多个成对的SUL和SDL(多对SUL和SDL)、以及SDL对应的SDL测量配置信息，UE可以根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，并根据SDL的参考信号强度选择SUL发起随机接入，使得UE可以根据选择的策略区别不同的SUL，能够解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分不同的SUL的技术问题。
结合第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，网络设备向UE发送SUL配置信息，包括：网络设备全向广播所述SUL配置信息。
结合第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息还包括：正常下行链路NDL阈值和/或多个SDL阈值。
结合NDL阈值可以更准确的确定UE距离提供NUL资源的网络设备的距离，选择更合适的UL发起随机接入，结合SDL阈值可以过滤一部分无法提供服务的SUL，从可以提供服务的SUL中选择最终接入的SUL，可以提高接入效率。
结合第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，网络设备向UE发送SUL配置信息，包括：网络设备使用NDL波束向UE发送与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息包括一个SUL、与所述一个SUL匹配的一个SDL、SDL测量配置信息；不同的NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息不同。
通过在不同的NDL波束中配置不同的SUL配置信息，也就是说，不同的NDL波束中配置了不同的SUL小区。这样，位于不同的NDL波束覆盖范围内的UE在接收到NDL波束后， 可以选择从NDL波束中配置的SUL发起随机接入。根据本申请的随机接入方法可以解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分不同的SUL的技术问题。
结合第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息还包括：一个NDL阈值和/或一个SDL阈值。
结合NDL阈值可以更准确的确定UE距离提供NUL资源的网络设备的距离，选择更合适的UL发起随机接入，结合SDL阈值可以过滤一部分无法提供服务的SUL，从可以提供服务的SUL中选择最终接入的SUL，可以提高接入效率。
结合第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，网络设备向UE发送SUL配置信息，包括：网络设备使用NDL波束向UE发送与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息包括多个SUL、与所述多个SUL分别匹配的多个SDL、SDL测量配置信息；所述NDL波束中还包括SSBindex，不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex用于指示用于发起随机接入的SUL；和/或，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息还包括每个SUL的以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合：有效性标识、优先级信息。
结合有效性标识、优先级信息、SSBindex可以灵活配置SUL，使得UE可以根据不同的场景选择接入的SUL。
结合第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息还包括：一个NDL阈值和/或一个SDL阈值。
第六方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种随机接入方法，所述方法包括：用户设备UE接收第五方面的网络设备发送的补充上行链路SUL配置信息，所述SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL、与所述多个SUL分别匹配的多个补充下行链路SDL、以及SDL测量配置信息；UE根据所述SDL测量配置信息测量所述多个SDL的参考信号强度；UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，从所述至少一个第一SDL中选择第二SDL，在所述至少一个第一SDL中第二SDL的参考信号强度最高；UE从所述第二SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入。
通过第一网络设备配置多个成对的SUL和SDL(多对SUL和SDL)、以及SDL对应的SDL测量配置信息，UE可以根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，并根据SDL的参考信号强度选择SUL发起随机接入，使得UE可以根据选择的策略区别不同的SUL，能够解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分不同的SUL的技术问题。
结合第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，UE接收SUL配置信息，包括：UE接收正常下行链路NDL波束，所述NDL波束中包括与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息包括一个SUL、与所述一个SUL匹配的一个SDL、SDL测量配置信息。
通过在不同的NDL波束中配置不同的SUL配置信息，也就是说，不同的NDL波束中配置了不同的SUL小区。这样，位于不同的NDL波束覆盖范围内的UE在接收到NDL波束后， 可以选择从NDL波束中配置的SUL发起随机接入。根据本申请的随机接入方法可以解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分不同的SUL的技术问题。
结合第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息包括多个SUL、与所述多个SUL分别匹配的多个SDL、SDL测量配置信息；所述NDL波束中还包括SSBindex，不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex用于指示用于发起随机接入的SUL；和/或，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息还包括：每个SUL的以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合：有效性标识、优先级信息。
结合第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，包括：UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度和以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL：SSBindex、有效性标识、优先级信息；所述第一SDL对应的SUL为SSBindex指向的SUL、有效性标识为有效或优先级最高。结合有效性标识、优先级信息、SSBindex可以灵活配置SUL，使得UE可以根据不同的场景选择接入的SUL。
结合第六方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，UE接收SUL配置信息，包括：UE接收第五方面的网络设备广播的所述SUL配置信息。
结合第六方面、或者第六方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第五种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息还包括NDL测量配置信息，所述方法还包括：UE测量正常下行链路NDL的参考信号强度；UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，包括：UE根据所述多个SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度，从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，所述至少一个第一SDL的参考信号强度大于NDL的参考信号强度。
结合第六方面的第五种可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：若未测量到所述多个SDL的参考信号强度，或者，测量到的所述多个SDL的参考信号强度小于或等于所述NDL的参考信号强度，且，测量到所述NDL的参考信号强度，则所述UE从NUL发起随机接入。
结合第六方面、或者第六方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第七种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中还包括一个NDL阈值，所述方法还包括：UE测量正常下行链路NDL的参考信号强度；当NDL的参考信号强度小于所述NDL阈值时，测量到参考信号强度的SDL为所述至少一个第一SDL。
结合第六方面的第七种可能的实现方式，在第八种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：若NDL的参考信号强度不小于NDL阈值，则UE从NUL发起随机接入；若未测量到所述多个SDL的参考信号强度，且，测量到所述NDL的参考信号强度，则UE从NUL发起随机接入。
结合第六方面、或者第六方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第九 种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中还包括一个NDL阈值和SDL对应的SDL阈值，所述方法还包括：UE测量正常下行链路NDL的参考信号强度；所述至少一个第一SDL的参考信号强度大于对应的SDL阈值，从所述至少一个第一SDL中选择第二SDL，包括：若NDL的参考信号小于NDL阈值，则UE从第一SDL中选择参考信号的强度最高的第二SDL发起随机接入。
结合第六方面的第九种可能的实现方式，在第十种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：若未测量到所述多个SDL的参考信号强度，或者，测量到的所述多个SDL的参考信号强度小于或者等于对应的SDL阈值，且，测量到所述NDL的参考信号强度，则所述UE从NUL发起随机接入；若所述NDL的参考信号大于或等于所述NDL阈值，则所述UE从NUL发起随机接入。结合第六方面、或者第六方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第十一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中包括SDL对应的SDL阈值，所述方法还包括：UE测量正常下行链路NDL的参考信号强度；UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，包括：UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度、所述SDL阈值和NDL的参考信号强度，从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，所述至少一个第一SDL的参考信号强度大于对应的SDL阈值、且大于NDL的参考信号强度。
结合第六方面的第十一种可能的实现方式，在第十二种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：若未测量到所述多个SDL的参考信号强度，或者，测量到的所述多个SDL的参考信号强度小于或者等于对应的SDL阈值，或者，测量到的所述多个SDL的参考信号强度小于所述NDL的参考信号强度，且，测量到所述NDL的参考信号强度，则所述UE从NUL发起随机接入。
结合NDL阈值可以更准确的确定UE距离提供NUL资源的网络设备的距离，选择更合适的UL发起随机接入，结合SDL阈值可以过滤一部分无法提供服务的SUL，从可以提供服务的SUL中选择最终接入的SUL，可以提高接入效率。
第七方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种随机接入装置，应用于网络设备，所述装置包括：配置模块，用于向用户设备UE发送补充上行链路SUL配置信息，所述SUL配置信息中包括：多个SUL、与所述多个SUL分别匹配的多个补充下行链路SDL、SDL测量配置信息，使得用户设备UE根据所述SDL测量配置信息测量所述多个SDL的参考信号强度，并从第二SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入；其中，所述第二SDL是至少一个第一SDL中参考信号强度最高的，所述至少一个第一SDL是所述UE根据所述多个SDL的参考强度从所述多个SDL中选择的。
通过第一网络设备配置多个成对的SUL和SDL(多对SUL和SDL)、以及SDL对应的SDL测量配置信息，UE可以根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，并根据SDL的参考信号强度选择SUL发起随机接入，使得UE可以根据选择的策略区别不同的SUL，能够解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分不同的SUL的技术问题。
结合第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述配置模块包括：广播单元，用于全向广 播所述SUL配置信息。
结合第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息还包括：正常下行链路NDL阈值和/或多个SDL阈值。
结合NDL阈值可以更准确的确定UE距离提供NUL资源的网络设备的距离，选择更合适的UL发起随机接入，结合SDL阈值可以过滤一部分无法提供服务的SUL，从可以提供服务的SUL中选择最终接入的SUL，可以提高接入效率。
结合第七方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述配置模块包括：第一发送单元，用于使用NDL波束向UE发送与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息包括一个SUL、与所述一个SUL匹配的一个SDL、SDL测量配置信息；不同的NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息不同。
通过在不同的NDL波束中配置不同的SUL配置信息，也就是说，不同的NDL波束中配置了不同的SUL小区。这样，位于不同的NDL波束覆盖范围内的UE在接收到NDL波束后，可以选择从NDL波束中配置的SUL发起随机接入。根据本申请的随机接入装置可以解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分不同的SUL的技术问题。
结合第七方面的第三种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息还包括：一个NDL阈值和/或一个SDL阈值。结合NDL阈值可以更准确的确定UE距离提供NUL资源的网络设备的距离，选择更合适的UL发起随机接入，结合SDL阈值可以过滤一部分无法提供服务的SUL，从可以提供服务的SUL中选择最终接入的SUL，可以提高接入效率。
结合第七方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述配置模块包括：第二发送单元，用于使用NDL波束发送与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息包括多个SUL、与所述多个SUL分别匹配的多个SDL、SDL测量配置信息；所述NDL波束中还包括SSBindex，不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex用于指示用于发起随机接入的SUL；和/或，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息还包括每个SUL的以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合：有效性标识、优先级信息。结合有效性标识、优先级信息、SSBindex可以灵活配置SUL，使得UE可以根据不同的场景选择接入的SUL。
结合第七方面的第五种可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息还包括：一个NDL阈值和/或一个SDL阈值。
第八方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种随机接入装置，应用于用户设备UE，所述装置包括：第一接收模块，用于接收第七方面的网络设备发送的补充上行链路SUL配置信息，所述SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL、与所述多个SUL分别匹配的多个补充下行链路SDL、以及SDL测量配置信息；第一测量模块，用于根据所述SDL测量配置信息测量所述多个SDL的参考信号强度；选择模块，用于根据多个SDL的参考信号强度从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，从所述至少一个第一SDL中选择第二SDL，在所述至少一个第一SDL中第 二SDL的参考信号强度最高；第一接入模块，用于从所述第二SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入。
通过第一网络设备配置多个成对的SUL和SDL(多对SUL和SDL)、以及SDL对应的SDL测量配置信息，UE可以根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，并根据SDL的参考信号强度选择SUL发起随机接入，使得UE可以根据选择的策略区别不同的SUL，能够解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分不同的SUL的技术问题。
结合第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一接收模块包括：第一接收单元，用于接收正常下行链路NDL波束，所述NDL波束中包括与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息包括一个SUL、与所述一个SUL匹配的一个SDL、SDL测量配置信息。
通过在不同的NDL波束中配置不同的SUL配置信息，也就是说，不同的NDL波束中配置了不同的SUL小区。这样，位于不同的NDL波束覆盖范围内的UE在接收到NDL波束后，可以选择从NDL波束中配置的SUL发起随机接入。根据本申请的随机接入装置可以解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分不同的SUL的技术问题。
结合第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息包括多个SUL、与所述多个SUL分别匹配的多个SDL、SDL测量配置信息；所述NDL波束中还包括SSBindex，不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex用于指示用于发起随机接入的SUL；和/或，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息还包括：每个SUL的以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合：有效性标识、优先级信息。
结合第八方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，所述选择模块包括：第一选择单元，用于根据多个SDL的参考信号强度和以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL：SSBindex、有效性标识、优先级信息；所述第一SDL对应的SUL为SSBindex指向的SUL、有效性标识为有效或优先级最高。
结合有效性标识、优先级信息、SSBindex可以灵活配置SUL，使得UE可以根据不同的场景选择接入的SUL。
结合第八方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述第一接收模块包括：第二接收单元，用于接收网络设备广播的所述SUL配置信息。
结合第八方面、或者第八方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第五种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息还包括NDL测量配置信息，所述装置还包括：第二测量模块，用于测量正常下行链路NDL的参考信号强度；所述选择模块包括：第二选择单元，用于根据所述多个SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度，从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，所述至少一个第一SDL的参考信号强度大于NDL的参考信号强度。
结合第八方面的第五种可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，所述装置还包括： 第二接入模块，用于若未测量到所述多个SDL的参考信号强度，或者，测量到的所述多个SDL的参考信号强度小于或等于所述NDL的参考信号强度，且，测量到所述NDL的参考信号强度，则从NUL发起随机接入。
结合第八方面、或者第八方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第七种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中还包括一个NDL阈值，所述装置还包括：第二测量模块，用于测量正常下行链路NDL的参考信号强度；当所述NDL的参考信号强度小于所述NDL阈值时，测量到参考信号强度的SDL为所述至少一个第一SDL。
结合第八方面的第七种可能的实现方式，在第八种可能的实现方式中，所述装置还包括：第二接入模块，用于若NDL的参考信号强度不小于NDL阈值，则UE从NUL发起随机接入；若未测量到所述多个SDL的参考信号强度，且，测量到所述NDL的参考信号强度，则UE从NUL发起随机接入。
结合第八方面、或者第八方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第九种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中还包括一个NDL阈值和SDL对应的SDL阈值，所述装置还包括：第二测量模块，用于测量正常下行链路NDL的参考信号强度；所述至少一个第一SDL的参考信号强度大于对应的SDL阈值，所述选择模块包括：第三选择单元，用于若所述NDL的参考信号小于NDL阈值，则从第一SDL中选择参考信号的强度最高的第二SDL。
结合第八方面的第九种可能的实现方式，在第十种可能的实现方式中，所述装置还包括：第二接入模块，用于若未测量到所述多个SDL的参考信号强度，或者，测量到的所述多个SDL的参考信号强度小于或者等于对应的SDL阈值，且，测量到所述NDL的参考信号强度，则所述UE从NUL发起随机接入；
结合第八方面、或者第八方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第十一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中包括SDL对应的SDL阈值，所述装置还包括：第二测量模块，用于E测量正常下行链路NDL的参考信号强度；所述选择模块包括：第四选择单元，用于根据多个SDL的参考信号强度、所述SDL阈值和NDL的参考信号强度，从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，所述至少一个第一SDL的参考信号强度大于对应的SDL阈值、且大于NDL的参考信号强度。
结合第八方面的第十一种可能的实现方式，在第十二种可能的实现方式中，所述装置还包括：第二接入模块，用于若未测量到所述多个SDL的参考信号强度，或者，测量到的所述多个SDL的参考信号强度小于或者等于对应的SDL阈值，或者，测量到的所述多个SDL的参考信号强度小于所述NDL的参考信号强度，且，测量到所述NDL的参考信号强度，则所述UE从NUL发起随机接入。
结合NDL阈值可以更准确的确定UE距离提供NUL资源的网络设备的距离，选择更合适的UL发起随机接入，结合SDL阈值可以过滤一部分无法提供服务的SUL，从可以提供服务的SUL中选择最终接入的SUL，可以提高接入效率。
第九方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种终端设备，该终端设备可以执行上述第二方面或者第二方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的随机接入方法。
第十方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种终端设备，该终端设备可以执行上述第四方面或者第四方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的随机接入方法。
第十一方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品，包括计算机可读代码，或者承载有计算机可读代码的非易失性计算机可读存储介质，当所述计算机可读代码在电子设备中运行时，所述电子设备中的处理器执行上述第一方面或者第一方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的随机接入方法。
第十二方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品，包括计算机可读代码，或者承载有计算机可读代码的非易失性计算机可读存储介质，当所述计算机可读代码在电子设备中运行时，所述电子设备中的处理器执行上述第三方面或者第三方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的随机接入方法。
本申请的这些和其他方面在以下(多个)实施例的描述中会更加简明易懂。
附图说明
包含在说明书中并且构成说明书的一部分的附图与说明书一起示出了本申请的示例性实施例、特征和方面，并且用于解释本申请的原理。
图1A为本申请一实施例所涉及的通信场景的示例图。
图1B为本申请一实施例所涉及的通信场景的示例图。
图1C示出根据本申请一实施例的非共站部署的具体场景的示意图。
图2A示出共站部署的通信场景下随机接入的示意图。
图2B示出根据本申请一实施例的非共站部署的通信场景的示意图。
图3A示出根据本申请一示例的随机接入的场景的示意图。
图3B示出根据本申请一实施例的不同NDL波束配置的SUL阈值不同的示意图。
图3C示出根据本申请一示例的随机接入的场景的示意图。
图3D示出根据本申请一示例的随机接入的场景的示意图。
图3E示出根据本申请一示例的随机接入的场景的示意图。
图4A示出根据本申请一实施例的应用场景的示意图。
图4B示出根据本申请一实施例的应用场景的示意图。
图4C示出根据本申请一实施例的应用场景的示意图。
图4D示出根据本申请一实施例的应用场景的示意图。
图5A示出根据本申请一实施例的应用场景的示意图。
图5B示出根据本申请一实施例的应用场景的示意图。
图5C示出根据本申请一实施例的应用场景的示意图。
图5D示出根据本申请一实施例的应用场景的示意图。
图6A示出根据本申请一示例的随机接入的场景的示意图。
图6B示出根据本申请一示例的随机接入的场景的示意图。
图7示出根据本申请一实施例的随机接入方法的交互图。
图8示出根据本申请另一实施例的随机接入方法的交互图。
图9示出根据本申请一实施例的随机接入装置的框图。
图10示出根据本申请一实施例的随机接入装置的框图。
图11示出根据本申请一实施例的随机接入装置的框图。
图12示出根据本申请一实施例的随机接入装置的框图。
图13示出根据本申请一实施例的网络设备的框图。
具体实施方式
以下将参考附图详细说明本申请的各种示例性实施例、特征和方面。附图中相同的附图标记表示功能相同或相似的元件。尽管在附图中示出了实施例的各种方面，但是除非特别指出，不必按比例绘制附图。
在这里专用的词“示例性”意为“用作例子、实施例或说明性”。这里作为“示例性”所说明的任何实施例不必解释为优于或好于其它实施例。
另外，为了更好的说明本申请，在下文的具体实施方式中给出了众多的具体细节。本领域技术人员应当理解，没有某些具体细节，本申请同样可以实施。在一些实例中，对于本领域技术人员熟知的方法、手段、元件和电路未作详细描述，以便于凸显本申请的主旨。
名词解释
LTE，Long Term Evolution，长期演进，无线通信技术标准，主要存在TDD(Time Division Duplex，时分双工)和FDD(Frequency Division Duplex，频分双工)两种主流模式。
NR，New Radio，新空口，一种为5G开发的全新空中无线接口，空中无线接口是移动设备与活动基站之间回路的无线射频部分，活动基站可以在用户移动时不断切换。
UE，User Equipment，用户设备、终端设备，移动通讯中的用户终端，例如，智能手机、上网本、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、可穿戴电子设备(如智能手环、智能手表等)、TV、虚拟现实设备、音响、电子墨水，等等。
eNB/eNodeB，Evolved Node B，演进节点B、网络设备，4G基站，是LTE网络中的无线基站，也是LTE无线接入网的网元，负责空中接口相关的功能：无线链路维护功能无线链路维护功能，保持与终端间的无线链路，同时负责无线链路数据和IP数据之间的协议转换；无线资源管理功能，包括无线链路的建立和释放、无线资源的调度和分配等；部分移动性管理功能，包括配置终端进行测量、评估终端无线链路质量、决策终端在小区间的切换等。
gNB，next Generation Node B，NR Node B，新空口网络设备，5G基站。
RSRP，Reference Signal Receiving Power，参考信号接收功率，是LTE网络中可以代表无线信号强度的关键参数以及物理层测量需求之一。
NUL，Normal UpLink，正常上行链路，NR技术提供的上行资源。
NDL，Normal DownLink，正常下行链路，NR技术提供的下行资源。
SUL，Super Uplink/Supplementary Uplink，超级上行链路/补充上行链路，用来承载NR覆盖边缘的用户，NUL的补充。
SDL，Supplementary Downlink，补充下行链路，与SUL成对配置。
SIB，System Information Block，系统信息块，系统信息块组成系统信息，系统信息是小区级别的信息，每个系统信息块包含了与一个功能相关的一系列参数的集合。
SSB,synchronization signal block，同步信号块，是同步信号和PBCH块(Synchronization Signal and PBCH block)组合在一起的，由主同步信号(Primary Synchronization Signals,简称 PSS)、辅同步信号(Secondary Synchronization Signals,简称SSS)、PBCH(PBCH(Physical Broadcast Channel，物理广播信道)三部分共同组成；用于终端和基站之间同步频率、时间等信息的信号。
cell，小区，也称蜂窝小区，是指在蜂窝移动通信系统中，其中的一个基站或基站的一部分(扇形天线)所覆盖的区域，在这个区域内移动台可以通过无线信道可靠地与基站进行通信。
为了提高上行覆盖增强，引入较低频段(比如<3GHz)作为SUL band(补充上行链路频段)，一个SUL可关联TDD或FDD频带(包括NDL/NUL)且仍成为一个cell，SUL技术可以允许UE在NUL和SUL载波中选择上行资源发起随机接入，比如说，UE在SIB中解析到SUL配置信息即可获知该小区存在SUL载波，并根据相应的配置参数(接入资源、接入规则)在NUL或SUL载波上发起随机接入，通过增加在SUL上进行初始接入和数据传输，可以弥补NUL在UL覆盖上弱于NDL的缺陷。
图1A为本申请一实施例所涉及的通信场景的示例图，图1B为本申请一实施例所涉及的通信场景的示例图。图1A所示为LTE-NR共站部署的无线通信场景，图1B所示为LTE-NR非共站部署的无线通信场景，图1C示出根据本申请一实施例的非共站部署的具体场景的示意图，SUL可以应用于共站部署和非共站部署的无线通信场景中。
如图1A所示，网络设备100既支持LTE技术，又支持NR技术，属于LTE-NR共站部署。图1A中虚线的圆圈可以表示网络设备100的NR载波的上行覆盖的范围，实线的圆圈可以表示LTE载波的上行覆盖的范围。LTE UE1为LTE终端(即可以使用LTE载波中的上下行资源与网络设备100进行信号传输)、NR UE1为NR终端(即可以使用NR载波中的上下行资源与网络设备100进行信号传输)，NR UE2为支持上行共享的NR终端(即可以使用NR载波中的上下行资源与网络设备100进行信号传输，还可以使用SUL资源与网络设备100进行上行传输)。若NR UE2使用NR载波中的上行资源向网络设备100发送上行信号，由于NR载波频率较高、路损较大，或NR UE2功率受限等，可能会导致网络设备100接收到的上行信号质量较差，无法正确接收上行信号，因此NR UE2可以使用SUL资源(低频路损较小)向网络设备100发送上行信号，从而提升了NR中的上行覆盖。本申请实施例中，信号传输还可以被描述为信息传输或数据传输。
如图1B所示，网络设备200为NR基站，网络设备300为LTE基站，对于网络设备200，曲线1代表NR的上行覆盖区域的边界线，曲线2代表NR的下行覆盖区域的边界线，曲线2和曲线1之间的环形区域代表上下行覆盖不匹配的区域。其中，NR UE3为一个NR终端(即可以使用NR载波中的上下行资源与网络设备2进行信号传输)，NR UE4为一个支持上行共享的NR终端(即可以使用NR载波中的上下行资源与网络设备200进行信号传输，还可以使用SUL资源与网络设备300进行上行传输)。若NR UE4使用NR载波中的上行资源向网络设备200发送上行信号，由于NR载波频率较高、路损较大，可能导致网络设备200接收到的上行信号质量较差，无法正确接收上行信号，因此NR UE4可以使用SUL资源向网络设备300发送上行信号(即NR UE4的下行发送节点和上行接收节点不在同一节点)，再可以由网络设备300将该上行信号发送至网络设备200，从而提升了网络设备200的NR中的一部分上行覆盖。如图1B所示，曲线2和曲线1之间的环形区域可以通过一个其他LTE载波补充NUL，提升 NR中的上行覆盖，还可以通过其它多个LTE载波无缝提升NR中的上行覆盖，使得UE可以使用SUL资源发起随机接入。
举例来说，如图1C所示，工作在3.5GHz的基站(NR网络设备)的NR载波的下行覆盖范围如图1C中的大圈所示，NR载波的上行覆盖范围如图1C中的实线箭头为直径的圆覆盖的范围。虚线部分的扇形区域为上下行覆盖不匹配的区域，可以通过工作在1.8GHz的基站(LTE网络设备)的LTE载波作为上行资源的补充，提升NR中上行覆盖。如果图1C中的UE位于虚线箭头所在的区域，可以从SUL发起随机接入，使用SUL资源向LTE网络设备发送上行信号，再可以由LTE网络设备将该上行信号发送至NR网络设备，从而提升了NR网络设备的NR的上行覆盖。
在图1A所示的共站部署的通信场景中，UE进行随机接入的过程可以包括：
网络设备100向用户设备发送SUL配置信息，SUL配置信息可以包括：上行资源的频域信息和上行资源的公共配置信息等。其中，上行资源的频域信息可以包括：上行载波频点信息和上行子载波偏移信息等。上行资源的公共配置信息可以包括：随机接入信道(random access channel，RACH)配置信息、物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel，PUSCH)配置信息、物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel，PUCCH)配置信息、信道探测参考信号(sounding reference signal，SRS)配置信息和功率控制配置信息等。RACH配置信息可以包括：物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel，PRACH)的时域(子帧、时隙、符号和/或周期等)资源、频域(资源块信息和/或是否跳频等)频域和码分复用(正交覆盖码和/或循环移位等)资源等，即PRACH资源包括时域资源、频域资源、码域资源中的至少一种。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上行资源的配置信息(SUL配置信息)可以携带于系统消息块SIB中；当然还可以携带于其它消息中，本申请实施例中对此并不作限制。
在一种可能的实现方式中，UE可以通过距离NR基站的距离，决定从SUL还是NUL发起随机接入，UE距离NR基站的距离可以根据NDL的参考信号强度(RSRP)衡量。SUL配置信息中可以携带一个RSRP阈值，UE接收到SUL配置信息后，可以测量UE所在的小区的NDL的RSRP，根据NDL的RSRP可以衡量UE距离网络设备的距离，将NDL的RSRP和RSRP阈值比较，如果NDL的RSRP小于RSRP阈值，说明UE距离网络设备比较远，则UE可以从SUL发起随机接入，如果NDL的RSRP不小于RSRP阈值，说明UE距离网络设备在一定的范围内，则UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。
图2A示出共站部署的通信场景下随机接入的示意图。如图2A所示，内侧的曲线可以表示参考信号为RSRP阈值大小时可以覆盖的范围的边界，曲线NUL表示网络设备100的NUL信号可以覆盖的范围的边界，曲线SUL表示网络设备100的SUL信号可以覆盖的范围的边界，曲线NDL表示网络设备100的NDL信号可以覆盖的范围的边界。这样，在UE测量得到NDL的RSRP后，可以将NDL的RSRP与RSRP阈值比较，如果NDL的RSRP大于RSRP阈值，UE可能在曲线RSRP的覆盖范围内，那么，NUL的服务可以满足UE的需要，UE可以选择NUL发起随机接入。如果NDL的RSRP不大于RSRP阈值，NUL的服务可能无法覆 盖UE所在的位置，或者UE所在的位置NUL的信号比较差，但是UE位于SUL的服务的覆盖范围内，那么，UE可以选择SUL发起随机接入。
现有的接入规则可以用于共站部署的场景下解决UE随机接入的问题，从SUL长期演进来看，非共站部署的通信场景下随机接入的应用原来越多，但现有的规则应用在非共站部署的通信场景下无法实现很好的随机接入。
图2B示出根据本申请一实施例的非共站部署的通信场景的示意图。如图2B所示，网络设备11可以支持NR技术，网络设备12、网络设备13和网络设备14可以支持LTE技术。网络设备11的下行覆盖区域的边界线如图2B中的曲线NDL所示，网络设备11的上行覆盖区域的边界线如图2B中的曲线NUL所示，曲线RSRP可以表示RSRP阈值的覆盖区域的边界。如上文所述，在图2B的示例中，曲线NUL和曲线NDL之间的环形区域可以通过3个LTE载波无缝提升NR中的上行覆盖，使得UE在位于网络设备11的覆盖边缘时，可以选择SUL发起随机接入。但图2B所示的场景下，单一的RSRP阈值无法区分不同的SUL，也就是说，UE根据测量的NDL的RSRP以及RSRP阈值仅仅可以衡量UE到网络设备11的距离，根据RSRP阈值，UE无法确定距离提供SUL的网络设备12、网络设备13或网络设备14的距离，也就无法区分不同的SUL。UE无法根据检测的NDL的RSRP和RSRP阈值的比较结果，选择接入的SUL，换言之，UE在确定的NDL的RSRP小于RSRP阈值时，在选择接入的SUL时，无法根据RSRP阈值进一步从图2B所示的三个SUL：SUL-1、SUL-2和SUL-3中选择合适的SUL发起随机接入。
另外，对于图1B所示的通信场景下，如果UE不在网络设备300的SUL的覆盖范围内时，UE也无法根据NDL的RSRP和RSRP阈值的比较结果，选择接入的SUL，也就是说，单一的RSRP阈值无法区分没有SUL覆盖的区域。
为了解决上述技术问题，本申请提供了一种随机接入方法，在发送的SUL配置信息中对一个NDL关联的SUL进行区分，使得终端的用户设备可以根据SUL配置信息区分不同的SUL，更有效的实现非共站部署的通信场景下的SUL接入。
需要说明的是，本申请提供的随机接入方法既可以应用于非共站部署的场景中，也可以应用于共站部署的场景中。
本申请涉及的网络设备可以包括但不限于：基站(base station，BS)、发送接收点(transmission reception point，TRP)，其可以是一种部署在无线接入网中可以和终端进行通信的设备。其中，基站还可以称为无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)设备。本申请实施例涉及到的网络设备可以是全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication，GSM)或码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station，BTS)，也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)中的基站(nodeB，NB)，还可以是长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)中的演进型基站(evolutional node B，eNB或eNodeB)，或者中继站或接入点，或者未来5G网络中的基站等，在此并不限定。其中，5G网络中的基站还可以称为gNB。
本申请实施例涉及到的用户设备可以为终端设备，终端设备还可以称为终端，其可以是有线终端，也可以是无线终端。其中，无线终端可以是一种具有无线收发功能的设备。本申请实施例涉及到的终端设备可以部署在陆地上，包括室内或室外、手持或车载；也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等)；还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。终端设备还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请实施例中，实现终端的功能的装置可以是终端，也可以是支持终端实现该功能的装置。本申请实施例中，以实现终端的功能的装置是终端，以终端是UE为例，描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。
本申请实施例涉及到的用户设备(user equipment，UE)可以包括具有无线通信功能的手持式设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备或计算设备。示例性地，UE可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑。
实施例1
以图2B所示的应用场景为例，在一种可能的实现方式中，第一网络设备(网络设备11)可以使用NDL波束向UE发送不同配置的SIB，其中，SIB中包括SUL配置信息，不同的NDL波束中的SIB包括的SUL配置信息不同。由于UE在不同的区域接收的NDL波束不同，进而，UE可以根据NDL波束，区分接入的SUL。
SUL配置信息可以包括至少一个SUL的SUL标识和至少一个SUL阈值。其中，SUL标识可以是能够区分对应的SUL与其他SUL的符号，SUL阈值可以表示UE根据测量到的参考信号强度选择接入的上行链路时参考的信号强度。SUL配置信息中的SUL为第二网络设备(网络设备12、或者网络设备13、或者网络设备14)提供的SUL。其中，第一网络设备可以为基站、小站或者其他用户设备。其他用户设备是相对于接收NDL波束的UE来说、发送所述NDL波束的用户设备。第二网络设备也可以是基站、小站或其他用户设备等。
在一种可能的实现方式中，SUL配置信息中还可以包括NDL测量配置信息，NDL测量配置信息可以包括参考信号类型、参考信号配置(如子帧配比等)。
这样，UE接收NDL波束，UE可以根据NDL测量配置信息测量所在区域的NDL波束对应的参考信号强度。SUL阈值可以为RSRP阈值。UE可以将参考信号强度与至少一个SUL阈值进行比较，比如说，可以将NDL的RSRP与至少一个RSRP阈值比较，并根据比较的结果发起随机接入。
在本申请的实施方式中，网络设备和终端设备可以采用波束赋形技术收发信号，波束赋形又可以称为波束成型或空域滤波，是一种使用传感器阵列定向发送和接收信号的信号处理技术。其中，波束赋形技术可以通过调整相位阵列的基本单元的参数，使得某些角度的信号获得相长干涉，而另一些角度的信号获得相消干涉。
在本申请的实施方式中，不同的NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息中，SUL标识可以不同。不同的NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息中，SUL阈值可以相同，也可以不同，本申请对此不作限定。
通过在不同NDL波束中携带不同的SUL配置信息，使得在NDL波束覆盖到的范围内的UE接收到的SUL配置信息是一定的，也就是为不同的区域配置了不同的SUL资源，这样， 对于位于不同区域的UE，可以区分接入的SUL。
可选的，本申请上述实施方式的随机接入方法可以通过多种不同的方式实现，以下以示例的形式进行说明。
示例1
网络设备使用不同NDL波束发送不同配置的SIB，也就是说，网络设备在不同方向的NDL波束中发送的SIB不同，SIB中包括SUL配置信息，每个SIB中配置有一个SUL(SUL标识)和一个SUL阈值，每个SIB中的SUL配置信息不同，比如说，不同的NDL波束中携带的SIB中的SUL配置信息的SUL标识和/或SUL阈值不同。表1.1示出示例1的一种实施方式。
表1.1
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000001
图3A示出根据本申请一示例的随机接入的场景的示意图。如图3A和表1.1所示，网络设备11通过beam1发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-1的SUL标识SUL config1和SUL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，通过beam2发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-2的SUL标识SUL config2和SUL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2，通过beam3发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-3的SUL标识SUL config3和SUL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3。也就是说，网络设备11使用不同的NDL波束发送了不同配置的SIB。
需要说明的是，每个波束中配置的SUL阈值可以相同，也可以不同，本申请对此不作限定。在图3A所示的示例中，每个NDL波束中配置的SUL阈值可以相同，rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1、rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3都可以是如图3A所示的NDL-RSRP(ref)。如果存在NDL波束中配置的SUL阈值不同，那么在该NDL波束的覆盖范围内存在弧形曲线SUL阈值，图3B示出根据本申请一实施例的不同NDL波束配置的SUL阈值不同的示意图。如图3B所示，SUL-1的SUL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1可以为NDL-RSRP1(ref)、SUL-2的SUL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2可以为NDL-RSRP2(ref)和SUL-3的SUL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3可以为NDL-RSRP3(ref)，分别对应图3B中三段不同的圆弧形曲线。这样，UE在不同的波束范围内时，收到的SUL配置信息中的SUL阈值可以是不同的，从SUL发起随机接入的条件也就不同。
在beam1的覆盖范围内的UE1接收到beam1，UE1测量所在区域的NDL的RSRP，并 将NDL的RSRP与NDL-RSRP1rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1(例如图3A所示的NDL-RSRP(ref)或者图3B所示的NDL-RSRP1(ref))比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，UE1可以从SUL config1(例如，SUL-1)发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，则UE1可以从NUL发起随机接入。
在beam2的覆盖范围内的UE2接收到beam2，UE2测量所在区域的NDL的RSRP，并将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2(例如图3A所示的NDL-RSRP(ref)或者图3B所示的NDL-RSRP2(ref))比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2，UE2可以从SUL config2(例如，SUL-2)发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2，则UE2可以从NUL发起随机接入。
在beam3的覆盖范围内的UE3接收到beam3，UE3测量所在区域的NDL的RSRP，并将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3(例如图3A所示的NDL-RSRP(ref)或者图3B所示的NDL-RSRP3(ref))比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，UE2可以从SUL config3(例如，SUL-3)发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，则UE3可以从NUL发起随机接入。
示例2
网络设备使用不同NDL波束发送不同配置的SIB，也就是说，网络设备在不同方向的NDL波束中发送的SIB不同，SIB中包括SUL配置信息。与示例1的区别在于，每个SIB中配置有多个SUL(SUL标识)，每个SIB中还可以配置一个SUL阈值或者分别与多个SUL对应的SUL阈值。在本示例中，SUL配置信息中还可以包括每个SUL的有效性标识。
这样，UE接收到波束，通过测量NDL的参考信号强度，可以根据NDL的参考信号强度、SUL阈值、以及每个SUL的有效性标识从多个SUL中选择SUL发起随机接入。
可选的，多个SUL的有效性标识可以包括有效和无效两种标识中的一种。
举例来说，网络设备通过三个NDL波束发送三种配置的SIB。
表1.2
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000003
如图3A、图3B和表1.2所示，网络设备11通过beam1发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL config1和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1、SUL config2和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2、SUL config3和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，其中，SUL config1的有效性标识为有效、SUL config2和SUL config3的有效性标识为无效。
网络设备11通过beam2发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL config1和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1、SUL config2和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2、SUL config3和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，其中，SUL config3的有效性标识为有效、SUL config1和SUL config2的有效性标识为无效。
网络设备11通过beam3发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL config1和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1、SUL config2和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2、SUL config3和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，其中，SUL config2的有效性标识为有效、SUL config1和SUL config3的有效性标识为无效。
在beam1的覆盖范围内的UE1接收到beam1，UE1测量所在区域的NDL的RSRP，UE1根据有效性标识可以确定有效的SUL为SUL config1，UE1可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1(例如图3A所示的NDL-RSRP(ref)或者图3B所示的NDL-RSRP1(ref))进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，UE1可以从SUL config1(SUL-1)发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，则UE1可以从NUL发起随机接入。
在beam2的覆盖范围内的UE2接收到beam2，UE2测量所在区域的NDL的RSRP，UE2根据有效性标识可以确定有效的SUL为SUL config3，UE2可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3(例如图3A所示的NDL-RSRP(ref)或者图3B所示的NDL-RSRP3(ref))进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，UE2可以从SUL config3(SUL-3)发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，则UE2可以从NUL发起随机接入。
在beam3的覆盖范围内的UE3接收到beam3，UE3测量所在区域的NDL的RSRP，UE3根据有效性标识可以确定有效的SUL为SUL config2，UE3可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2(例如图3A所示的NDL-RSRP(ref)或者图3B所示的NDL-RSRP2(ref))进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2，UE3可以从SUL config2(SUL-2)发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，则UE3可以从 NUL发起随机接入。
需要说明的是，以上示例中每个SUL对应的SUL阈值可以相同，也可以不同，本申请对此不作限定。具体的设置方式可以参见示例1，不再赘述。
示例3
网络设备使用不同NDL波束发送不同配置的SIB，也就是说，网络设备在不同方向的NDL波束中发送的SIB不同，SIB中包括SUL配置信息。与示例1的区别在于，每个SIB中配置有多个SUL(SUL标识)，每个SIB中还可以配置一个SUL阈值或者分别与多个SUL对应的SUL阈值。在本示例中，SUL配置信息中还可以包括每个SUL的优先级信息。
这样，UE接收到波束，通过测量NDL的参考信号强度，可以根据NDL的参考信号强度、SUL阈值、以及每个SUL的优先级信息从多个SUL中选择SUL发起随机接入，比如说，在NDL的参考信号强度小于SUL阈值时，UE选择优先级最高的SUL接入。
在一种可能的实现方式中，可以设置多个优先级，并在SUL的配置信息中指定每一个SUL的优先级。可选的，可以以数值的形式表示优先级的高低，比如说，按照数值从小到大优先级逐渐升高，或者按照数值从小到大优先级逐渐降低。
举例来说，网络设备通过三个NDL波束发送三种配置的SIB，在SIB的SUL配置信息中，按照数值从小到大优先级逐渐升高。
表1.3
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000004
图3C示出根据本申请一示例的随机接入的场景的示意图。如图3C和表1.3所示，网络设备11通过beam1发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL config1和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1、SUL config2和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2、SUL config3和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，其中，SUL config1的优先级为3、SUL config2的优先级为1和SUL config3的的优先级为2，SUL config1的优先级最高。
网络设备11通过beam2发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL config1和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1、SUL config2和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2、SUL config3和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，其中，SUL config2的优先级为3、SUL config1的优先级为1和SUL config3的优先级为2，SUL config2的优先级最高。
网络设备通过beam3发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL config1和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1、SUL config2和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2、SUL config3和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，其中，SUL config3的优先级为3、SUL config1的优先级为2和SUL config2的优先级为1，SUL config3的优先级最高。
如图3C所示，在beam1的覆盖范围内的UE1接收到beam1，UE1测量所在区域的NDL的RSRP，UE1根据优先级信息可以确定优先级最高的SUL为SUL config1，UE1可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，UE1可以从SUL config1发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，则UE1可以根据优先级信息确定下一个优先级最高的SUL为SUL config3，UE1可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，UE1可以从SUL config3发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，则UE1可以根据优先级信息确定下一个优先级最高的SUL为SUL config2，UE1可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2，UE1可以从SUL config2发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2，则UE1可以从NUL发起随机接入。需要说明的是，若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，UE1也可以直接从NUL发起随机接入，本申请对具体发起随机接入的过程不作限定，以上过程仅仅是一个示例。
在beam2的覆盖范围内的UE2接收到beam2，UE2测量所在区域的NDL的RSRP，UE2根据优先级信息可以确定优先级最高的SUL为SUL config2，UE2可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2，UE2可以从SUL config2发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2，则UE2可以根据优先级信息确定下一个优先级最高的SUL为SUL config3，UE2可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，UE2可以从SUL config3发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，则UE2可以根据优先级信息确定下一个优先级最高的SUL为SUL config1，UE2可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，UE2可以从SUL config1发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，则UE2可以从NUL发起随机接入。需要说明的是，若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，UE2也可以直接从NUL发起随机接入，本申请对具体发起随机接入的过程不作限定，以上过程仅仅是一个示例。
在beam3的覆盖范围内的UE3接收到beam3，UE3测量所在区域的NDL的RSRP，UE3根据优先级信息可以确定优先级最高的SUL为SUL config3，UE3可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，UE3可以从SUL config3发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，UE3根据优先级信息可以确定优先级最高的SUL为SUL config1，UE3可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，UE3可以从SUL config1发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，UE3根据优先级信息可以确定优先级最高的SUL为SUL config2，UE3可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2，UE3可以从SUL config2发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2，则UE3可以从NUL发起随机接入。需要说明的是，若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，UE2也可以直接从NUL发起随机接入，本申请对具体发起随机接入的过程不作限定，以上过程仅仅是一个示例。
需要说明的是，以上示例中每个SUL对应的SUL阈值可以相同，也可以不同，本申请对此不作限定。也就是说，图3C中的曲线NDL-RSRP(ref)也可以采用图3B中的三段不同的圆弧形曲线NDL-RSRP1(ref)、NDL-RSRP2(ref)、NDL-RSRP3(ref)代替，具体的设置方式可以参见示例1，不再赘述。
示例4
网络设备使用不同NDL波束发送不同配置的SIB，也就是说，网络设备在不同方向的NDL波束中发送的SIB不同，SIB中包括SUL配置信息。与示例1的区别在于，每个SIB中配置有多个SUL(SUL标识)，每个SIB中还可以配置一个SUL阈值或者分别与多个SUL对应的SUL阈值。在本示例中，SUL配置信息中还可以包括每个SUL的有效性标识和优先级信息。
这样，UE接收到波束，通过测量NDL的参考信号强度，可以根据NDL的参考信号强度、SUL阈值、以及每个SUL的有效性标识和/或优先级信息从多个SUL中选择SUL发起随机接入。可选的，多个SUL的有效性标识可以包括有效和无效两种标识。
举例来说，网络设备通过三个NDL波束发送三种配置的SIB，在SIB的SUL配置信息中，按照数值从小到大优先级逐渐升高。
表1.4
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000006
如图3C和表1.4所示，相比于示例3，示例4中的SUL配置信息还包括每一个SUL的有效性标识。具体配置如表1.4所示，不再赘述。
如图3C所示，在beam1的覆盖范围内的UE1接收到beam1，UE1测量所在区域的NDL的RSRP，UE1根据优先级信息和有效性标识可以确定有效、且优先级最高的SUL为SUL config1，UE1可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，UE1可以从SUL config1发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，则UE1可以根据优先级信息和有效性标识确定下一个有效、且优先级最高的SUL为SUL config3，UE1可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，UE1可以从SUL config3发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，则UE1可以直接从NUL发起随机接入。需要说明的是，在图3C中，UE1也在beam3的覆盖范围内，UE1接收到beam3时，也可以根据beam3中的SUL配置信息进行随机接入，具体过程可以参见下文描述。
在beam2的覆盖范围内的UE2接收到beam2，UE2测量所在区域的NDL的RSRP，UE2根据优先级信息和有效性标识可以确定有效、且优先级最高的SUL为SUL config2，UE2可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2，UE2可以从SUL config2发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2，则UE2可以根据优先级信息和有效性标识确定下一个有效、且优先级最高的SUL为SUL config3，UE2可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，UE2可以从SUL config3发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，则UE2可以直接从NUL发起随机接入。需要说明的是，在图3C中，UE2也在beam3的覆盖范围内，UE2接收到beam3时，也可以根据beam3中的SUL配置信息进行随机接入，具体过程可以参见下文描述。
在beam3的覆盖范围内的UE3接收到beam3，UE3测量所在区域的NDL的RSRP，UE3根据优先级信息和有效性标识可以确定有效、且优先级最高的SUL为SUL config3，UE3可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于 rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，UE3可以从SUL config3发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，UE3根据优先级信息和有效性标识可以确定下一个有效且、优先级最高的SUL为SUL config1，UE3可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，UE3可以从SUL config1发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，UE3可以直接从NUL发起随机接入。需要说明的是，在图3C中，UE3也在beam1的覆盖范围内，UE3接收到beam1时，也可以根据beam1中的SUL配置信息进行随机接入，具体过程可以参见上文描述。
示例5
网络设备使用不同NDL波束发送不同配置的SIB，也就是说，网络设备在不同方向的NDL波束中发送的SIB不同，SIB中包括SUL配置信息。与示例1的区别在于，每个SIB中配置有多个SUL(SUL标识)，每个SIB中还可以配置分别与多个SUL对应的SUL阈值，多个SUL阈值大小不同。
这样，UE接收到波束，通过测量NDL的参考信号强度，可以根据NDL的参考信号强度、SUL阈值从多个SUL中选择SUL发起随机接入。
表1.5
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000007
图3D示出根据本申请一示例的随机接入的场景的示意图。如图3D和表1.5所示，图3D中未画出beam2方向的三个SUL：SUL-4、SUL-5、SUL-6。
网络设备11通过beam1发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-1的SUL标识SUL config1和SUL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，通过beam2发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-2的SUL标识SUL config2和SUL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2，通过beam3发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-3的SUL标识SUL config3和SUL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3。也就是说，网络设备11使用不同的NDL波束发送了不同配置的SIB。SUL-1的SUL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1可以为NDL-RSRP1(ref)、SUL-2的SUL 阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2可以为NDL-RSRP2(ref)和SUL-3的SUL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3可以为NDL-RSRP3(ref)。
在beam1的覆盖范围内的UE1接收到beam1，UE1测量所在区域的NDL的RSRP，并将NDL的RSRP与NDL-RSRP1(ref)、NDL-RSRP2(ref)和NDL-RSRP3(ref)比较。假设NDL-RSRP1(ref)<NDL-RSRP2(ref)<NDL-RSRP3(ref),若NDL的RSRP小于NDL-RSRP1(ref)，UE1可以从SUL config1发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于NDL-RSRP1(ref)、但是小于NDL-RSRP2(ref)，则UE1可以从SUL-2发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于NDL-RSRP2(ref)、但是小于NDL-RSRP3(ref)，则UE1可以从SUL-3发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于NDL-RSRP3(ref)，则UE1可以从NUL发起接入。
实施例2
以图2B所示的应用场景为例，在一种可能的实现方式中，第一网络设备(网络设备11)可以使用NDL波束向UE发送不同配置的SIB，SIB中包括SUL配置信息，不同NDL波束中配置的SUL配置信息可以相同，也可以不同，本申请对此不作限定。SUL配置信息中可以包括多个SUL(SUL标识)，每个SIB中还可以配置一个SUL阈值或者分别与多个SUL对应的SUL阈值。
在本实施例中，一个NDL小区可以对应多个SSB，一个SSB可以有一个索引(SSBindex)。在本实施例中，第一网络设备发送的NDL波束中还可以包括SSB，SSB中指示了SSB对应的SSBindex，不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex还可以指示用于发起接入的SUL。
UE在初始接入时可以盲检SSB获取下行的视频同步，并可以获取SSB的SSBindex。根据SSBindex从多个SUL中选择SUL发起随机接入。
示例1
第一网络设备使用NDL波束发送配置的SIB，SIB中包括SUL配置信息。每个SIB中配置有多个SUL(SUL标识)，每个SIB中还可以配置一个SUL阈值或者分别与多个SUL对应的SUL阈值。第一网络设备发送的NDL波束中还可以包括SSB，SSB中指示了SSB对应的SSBindex，不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同。
在本示例中，每个不同方向的NDL波束中配置的SUL配置信息相同。
表2.1示出本示例的一种SUL配置信息的示例
表2.1
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000009
图3E示出根据本申请一示例的随机接入的场景的示意图。如图3E和表2.1所示，网络设备11通过beam1发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL config1和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1、SUL config2和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2、SUL config3和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，网络设备11发送的beam1中携带的SSB的索引为SSBindex1。
网络设备11通过beam2发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL config1和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1、SUL config2和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2、SUL config3和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，网络设备11发送的beam2中携带的SSB的索引为SSBindex2。
网络设备11通过beam3发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL config1和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1、SUL config2和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2、SUL config3和rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3，网络设备11发送的beam3中携带的SSB的索引为SSBindex3。
关于每个SUL配置信息中的SUL阈值的配置可以参见上文的描述，不再赘述。在本示例中，每个NDL波束中的SUL配置信息相同，不同的NDL波束携带的SSB的索引不同。
在一种可能的实现方式中，UE获得SSBindex，UE接收到SUL配置信息后，获得配置的SUL小区的总个数，可以根据SSBindex的值和SUL小区的总个数的余数选择发起随机接入的SUL。比如说，在本示例中，假设SSBindex1为1、SSBindex2为2、SSBindex3为3，那么，SSBindex1指示的接入的SUL为SUL-1，SSBindex2指示的接入的SUL为SUL-2，SSBindex3指示的接入的SUL为SUL-3。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，一个NDL小区可以对应多个SSB，一个SSB可以有一个索引(SSBindex)，多个SSB对应的SSBindex顺次编号，每个NDL波束对应一个SUL小区。第一网络设备发送的NDL波束中携带的SSBindex编号和SUL小区的编号相同。这样，获得SSBindex，UE接收到SUL配置信息后，直接根据SSBindex选择相同编号的SUL发起随机 接入即可。
在本示例中每个NDL波束中配置了一个SSBindex，本申请不限于此。
示例2
在本示例中，网络设备还可以在每个NDL波束中配置多个SSB以及每个SSB对应的SSBindex，比如为每一个SUL配置对应的SSBindex。在配置多个SSBindex的情况下，UE可以根据多个SSB的参考信号强度选择SUL发起随机接入，比如说，UE可以选择参考信号强度最大的SSB对应的SUL发起随机接入。
举例来说，网络设备11通过beam1发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL config1、rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，SUL config2、rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2，SUL config3、rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3。网络设备发送的beam1中包括多个SSB以及多个SSB的索引SSBindex1、SSBindex2、SSBindex3。
UE可以根据SSBindex1、SSBindex2和SSBindex3对应的SSB的参考信号强度选择SUL发起随机接入，比如说，SSBindex1对应的SSB的参考信号强度最大，UE可以选择从SUL-1发起随机接入。
示例3
在另一种可能的实现方式中，每个SUL配置信息中还可以包括SUL的有效性标识和/或优先级信息，也就是说，在SUL配置信息中配置了多个SUL的情况下，每个SUL配置信息中可以包括有效性标识和优先级信息中的一个参数或多个参数的组合。
UE可以根据SUL阈值、SSBindex、有效性标识和优先级信息中的一个参数或多个参数的组合选择SUL发起随机接入。
下面以每个SUL配置信息中包括SUL阈值和SUL的有效性标识为例说明UE选择SUL发起随机接入的过程。
表2.2
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000011
根据表2.2所示，在beam1的覆盖范围内的UE1接收到beam1，UE1测量所在区域的NDL的RSRP，UE1根据有效性标识可以确定有效的SUL为SUL config1，UE1可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，UE1可以从SUL config1发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，则UE1可以从NUL发起随机接入。
在一种可能的实现方式中，表2.2中的每个SUL配置信息中也可以只包括一个SSBindex，在有效性标识和SSBindex指向的SUL冲突的情况下，UE可以根据有效性标识选择SUL发起随机接入。
下面以每个SUL配置信息中包括SUL阈值和SUL的优先级信息为例说明UE选择SUL发起随机接入的过程。
表2.3
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000012
如表2.3所示，网络设备11发送的beam1携带了SSBindex1，beam1中的SUL配置信息为：SUL config1和对应的SUL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，SUL config1的优先级为2，SUL config2和对应的SUL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2，SUL config2的优先级为1。beam2中的SUL配置信息为：SUL config1和对应的SUL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，SUL config1的优先级为1，SUL config2和对应的SUL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2，SUL config2的优先 级为2。
在beam1的覆盖范围内的UE1接收到beam1，UE1测量所在区域的NDL的RSRP，UE1根据SSBindex1可以确定指示的SUL为SUL config1，UE1可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，UE1可以从SUL config1发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，则UE1根据优先级信息可以确定优先级高的SUL为SUL config2，UE1可以将NDL的RSRP与rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2进行比较，若NDL的RSRP小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2，UE1可以从SUL config2发起随机接入。若NDL的RSRP不小于rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2，UE1可以从NUL发起随机接入。
也就是说，UE1可以优先根据SSBindex指示的SUL发起随机接入，如果不从SSBindex指示的SUL发起接入，UE1可以进一步根据测量的NDL的RSRP、优先级信息对应的SUL阈值选择发起接入的上行资源。需要说明的是，以上一些发起随机接入的方式仅仅是本申请的一些实例，本申请不限于此。
实施例3
仍然以图2B所示的应用场景为例，本实施例中，第一网络设备可以在系统SIB中全向广播SUL配置信息，SUL配置信息至少包括多个SUL和多个SDL之间的匹配关系、SDL测量配置信息，SDL测量配置信息可以包括参考信号类型、参考信号配置(比如子帧配比等)等。SUL配置信息中的SUL和SDL为第二网络设备(网络设备12、或者网络设备13、或者网络设备14)提供的。
UE接收SIB，根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，UE还可以测量NDL的参考信号强度。测量的SDL和NDL的参考信号都可以为RSRP。
UE根据测量得到的SDL的参考信号强度、NDL的参考信号强度可以选择UL(SUL或者NUL)发起随机接入。实施例3中UE选择UL发起随机接入可以有多种实现方式，本申请通过几个具体的示例进行说明。
示例1
如表3.1所示，第一网络设备在SIB系统全向广播SIB，UE接收到的SUL配置信息包括：SUL config1与SDL1关联、SUL config2与SDL2关联、SUL config3与SDL3关联。
表3.1
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000013
图4A示出根据本申请一实施例的应用场景的示意图。如图4A所示，网络设备11可以在SIB系统全向广播SIB配置SUL，并配置了关联的SDL(补充下行链路，supplementary Downlink)，图4A中的曲线SUL-1和曲线SDL1是配置的关联的补充上行链路和补充下行链 路，曲线SUL-2和曲线SDL2是配置的关联的补充上行链路和补充下行链路，曲线SUL-3和曲线SDL3是配置的关联的补充上行链路和补充下行链路。这样，UE还可以通过SDL的参考信号强度衡量UE距离第二网络设备(网络设备12、网络设备13和网络设备14)的距离。比如说，UE测量得到的SDL的参考信号强度越大，那么距离该SDL对应的网络设备可能就越近，以图4A中的UE1为例，UE1测量得到的SDL1的参考信号强度可能比SDL2和SDL3的参考信号强度大，距离网络设备12更近。因此，在本示例中，UE可以根据SDL的参考信号强度选择SUL发起随机接入。
具体地，UE接收到SIB，根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，测量NDL的参考信号强度后，可以分以下几种情况选择发起随机接入的UL。
1、若UE检测到多个SDL中所有SDL的参考信号强度，UE可以将SDL的参考信号强度与NDL的参考信号强度进行对比，选择参考信号强度最大的DL对应的UL作为载波发起随机接入。比如说，UE检测到SDL1的参考信号强度为SDL1-RSRP、SDL2的参考信号强度为SDL2-RSRP、SDL3的参考信号强度为SDL3-RSRP，UE还检测了NDL的参考信号强度为NDL-RSRP。如果NDL的参考信号强度最大，即NDL-RSRP大于SDL1-RSRP、SDL2-RSRP和SDL3-RSRP，则UE可以从NUL接入，如果SDL1的参考信号强度SDL1-RSRP最大，则UE可以从SDL1对应的SUL发起随机接入。
2、若UE检测到多个SDL中部分SDL的参考信号强度，UE可以将检测到的多个SDL中部分SDL的参考信号强度与NDL的参考信号强度进行对比，选择参考信号强度最大的DL对应的UL作为载波发起随机接入。比如说，UE检测到SDL1的参考信号强度为SDL1-RSRP、SDL2的参考信号强度为SDL2-RSRP，未检测到SDL3的参考信号强度，UE还检测了NDL的参考信号强度为NDL-RSRP。如果NDL的参考信号强度最大，NDL-RSRP大于SDL1-RSRP、SDL2-RSRP，则UE可以从NUL接入，如果SDL1的参考信号强度SDL1-RSRP最大，则UE可以从SDL1对应的SUL发起随机接入。
3、若UE未检测到多个SDL中任何一个SDL的参考信号强度，则UE不从SUL发起随机接入，如果UE检测到NDL的参考信号强度，UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。如果UE既没有检测到任何一个SDL的参考信号强度，也没有检测到NDL的参考信号强度，UE可以不发起随机接入。
示例2
如表3.2所示，相比于实施例3的示例1，第一网络设备在SIB系统广播的SIB中，SUL配置信息除了包括：SUL config1与SDL1关联、SUL config2与SDL2关联、SUL config3与SDL3关联，还包括一个NDL阈值NDL-RSRP(ref)。
表3.2
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000015
图4B示出根据本申请一实施例的应用场景的示意图。如图4B所示，除了与图4A相同的配置以外，图4B中还配置了NDL阈值NDL-RSRP(ref)。UE可以在NDL的参考信号强度小于NDL阈值时，根据SDL的参考信号强度选择SUL发起随机接入。在NDL的参考信号强度不小于NDL阈值时，UE可以确定距离第一网络设备的距离比较近，第一网络设备提供的NUL可以满足需求，可以从NUL发起随机接入。
具体地，UE接收到SIB，根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，测量NDL的参考信号强度后，可以结合NDL_RSRP(ref)分以下几种情况选择发起随机接入的UL。
1、UE测量到多个SDL中所有SDL的参考信号强度。如果NDL的参考信号强度小于NDL阈值NDL-RSRP(ref)，UE可以确定距离第一网络设备比较远，可能不在NUL的覆盖范围内。UE可以选择参考信号强度最高的SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入。如果NDL的参考信号强度不小于NDL阈值NDL-RSRP(ref)，UE可能距离第一网络设备比较近，在NUL的覆盖范围内，UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。
举例来说，如图4B所示，以UE1为例，UE1检测到SDL1的参考信号强度为SDL1-RSRP、SDL2的参考信号强度为SDL2-RSRP、SDL3的参考信号强度为SDL3-RSRP(图中未示出)。UE1还检测了NDL的参考信号强度为NDL-RSRP。如果NDL的参考信号强度NDL-RSRP不小于NDL-RSRP(ref)，UE1可以从NUL发起随机接入。图4B所示的示例中，UE1距离第一网络设备11比较远，NDL的参考信号强度NDL-RSRP可能小于NDL-RSRP(ref)，如果NDL的参考信号强度NDL-RSRP小于NDL-RSRP(ref)，UE1可以确定SDL1-RSRP、SDL2-RSRP和SDL3-RSRP中的最大值，如果SDL1-RSRP最大，则UE1可以从SDL1对应的SUL config1发起随机接入。
2、UE检测到多个SDL中部分SDL的参考信号强度。如果NDL的参考信号强度小于NDL阈值NDL-RSRP(ref)，UE可以确定距离第一网络设备比较远，可能不在NUL的覆盖范围内。UE可以根据检测到的多个SDL中部分SDL的选择参考信号强度，选择参考信号强度最高的SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入。如果NDL的参考信号强度不小于NDL阈值NDL-RSRP(ref)，UE可能距离第一网络设备比较近，在NUL的覆盖范围内，UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。
举例来说，如图4B所示，以UE1为例，UE1检测到SDL1的参考信号强度为SDL1-RSRP、SDL2的参考信号强度为SDL2-RSRP，未检测到SDL3的参考信号强度，UE1还检测了NDL的参考信号强度为NDL-RSRP。如果NDL的参考信号强度NDL-RSRP小于NDL-RSRP(ref)，UE1可以确定SDL1-RSRP和SDL2-RSRP中的最大值，如果SDL1-RSRP最大，则UE1可以从SDL1对应的SUL config1发起随机接入。
3、UE未检测到多个SDL中任何一个SDL的参考信号强度。UE不从SUL发起随机接入，如果UE检测到NDL的参考信号强度，UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。如果UE既没有检测到任何一个SDL的参考信号强度，也没有检测到NDL的参考信号强度，UE可以不发起随机接入。
示例3
在示例3中，SUL的配置信息除了包括多个SUL和多个SDL之间的匹配关系、SDL测 量配置信息，还可以包括分别与多个SDL对应的多个SDL阈值SDL X–RSRP(ref)。
如表3.3所示，第一网络设备在SIB系统广播的SIB中包括SUL配置信息，SUL配置信息除了包括：SUL config1与SDL1关联、SUL config2与SDL2关联、SUL config3与SDL3关联，还包括分别与多个SDL对应的多个SDL阈值SDL X–RSRP(ref)。
表3.3
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000016
图4C示出根据本申请一实施例的应用场景的示意图。如图4C所示，除了与图4A相同的配置以外，图4C中还配置了多个SDL对应的SDL阈值，图4C中只画出了SDL3的阈值SDL3-RSRP(ref)。在图4C所示的应用场景中，UE在测量SDL的参考信号强度后，可以根据SDL的参考信号强度和SDL阈值之间的关系，选择服务可用的SUL。
具体地，UE接收到SIB，根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，测量NDL的参考信号强度后，可以结合SDL阈值分以下几种情况选择上行资源发起随机接入。
1、UE检测到多个SDL中所有SDL的参考信号强度。在SDL的参考信号强度大于对应的SDL阈值时，UE可以确定该SDL对应的SUL的服务可用，比如说，SDL1-RSRP大于SDL1-RSRP(ref)时，UE可以从SDL1对应的SUL-1发起随机接入。
因此，在本示例中，UE可以根据SDL的参考信号强度和对应的SDL阈值选择服务可用的SUL。根据服务可用的SUL关联的SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度，选择参考信号强度最大的DL对应的UL发起随机接入。可选的，如果NDL的参考信号强度大于所有服务可用的SUL关联的SDL的参考信号强度，则UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。如果服务可用的SUL关联的SDL中，存在参考信号强度大于NDL的SDL，UE可以从参考信号强度大于NDL的SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入。
举例来说，如图4C所示，以UE1为例，UE1检测到SDL1的参考信号强度为SDL1-RSRP、SDL2的参考信号强度为SDL2-RSRP、SDL3的参考信号强度为SDL3-RSRP，UE1还检测了NDL的参考信号强度为NDL-RSRP。如果UE1对比SDL的参考信号强度和对应的SDL阈值确定SDL1-RSRP大于SDL1-RSRP(ref)、SDL2-RSRP大于SDL2-RSRP(ref)，但是SDL3-RSRP小于SDL3-RSRP(ref)。UE1可以确定SDL1对应的SUL-1和SDL2对应的SUL-2的服务可 用，从图4C的示意可以看出，UE1距离SDL1对应的第二网络设备12和SDL2对应的第二网络设备14距离更近。UE1可以进一步将SDL1-RSRP、SDL2-RSRP和NDL-RSRP比较，如果NDL-RSRP最大，则U1E可以从NUL发起随机接入，如果SDL1-RSRP最大，则UE1可以从SDL1对应的SUL-1发起随机接入。从图4C所示的示例中，UE1距离第二网络设备12更近，有可能测得的SDL1-RSRP最大，UE1可以从SDL1对应的SUL-1发起随机接入。
2、UE检测到多个SDL中部分SDL的参考信号强度。UE仍然是将检测到的部分SDL的参考信号强度与对应的SDL阈值选择服务可用的SUL。根据服务可用的SUL关联的SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度，选择参考信号强度最大的DL对应的UL发起随机接入。
举例来说，如图4C所示，以UE2为例，UE2检测到SDL1的参考信号强度为SDL1-RSRP、SDL2的参考信号强度为SDL2-RSRP，UE2未检测到SDL3的参考信号。UE2还检测了NDL的参考信号强度为NDL-RSRP。如果UE2对比SDL的参考信号强度和对应的SDL阈值确定SDL1-RSRP大于SDL1-RSRP(ref)、SDL2-RSRP大于SDL2-RSRP(ref)。UE2可以确定SDL1对应的SUL-1和SDL2对应的SUL-2的服务可用。UE2可以进一步将SDL1-RSRP、SDL2-RSRP和NDL-RSRP比较，如果NDL-RSRP最大，则UE2可以从NUL发起随机接入，如果SDL2-RSRP最大，则UE2可以从SDL2对应的SUL-2发起随机接入。从图4C所示的示例中，UE2距离第二网络设备14更近，有可能测得的SDL2-RSRP最大，UE2可以从SDL2对应的SUL-2发起随机接入。
3、UE未检测到多个SDL中任何一个SDL的参考信号强度。UE不从SUL发起随机接入，如果UE检测到NDL的参考信号强度，UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。如果UE既没有检测到任何一个SDL的参考信号强度，也没有检测到NDL的参考信号强度，UE可以不发起随机接入。
需要说明的是，对应UE检测到多个SDL中所有或者部分SDL的参考信号强度的情况，如果检测到的SDL的参考信号强度都不大于对应的SDL阈值，UE也不从SUL发起随机接入。这种情况下，如果检测到NDL的参考信号，UE可以从NUL发起随机接入；如果也未检测到NAL的参考信号，则UE可以不接入。
通过SDL阈值可以先筛选出能够提供服务的SUL，再从服务可用的SUL中选择合适的接入资源，效率更高。
示例4
在示例4中，SUL的配置信息除了包括多个SUL和多个SDL之间的匹配关系、SDL测量配置信息，还可以包括分别与多个SDL对应的多个SDL阈值SDLX–RSRP(ref)、一个NDL阈值NDL-RSRP(ref)。
如表3.4所示，第一网络设备在SIB系统广播的SIB中包括SUL配置信息，SUL配置信息除了包括：SUL config1与SDL1关联、SUL config2与SDL2关联、SUL config3与SDL3关联，还包括分别与多个SDL对应的多个SDL阈值SDLX–RSRP(ref)、一个NDL阈值 NDL-RSRP(ref)。
表3.4
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000017
图4D示出根据本申请一实施例的应用场景的示意图。在图4D所示的应用场景中，UE在测量SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度后，可以根据结合SDL阈值和NDL阈值，选择上行资源。
具体地，UE接收到SIB，根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，测量NDL的参考信号强度。根据SDL的参考信号强度和对应的SDL阈值选择服务可用的SUL，再结合NDL的参考信号强度和NDL阈值之间的关系，从服务可用的SUL或者NUL中选择上行资源。具体，可以分为以下几种情况。
1、UE检测到多个SDL中所有SDL的参考信号强度。在SDL的参考信号强度大于对应的SDL阈值时，UE可以确定该SDL对应的SUL的服务可用，比如说，SDL1-RSRP大于SDL1-RSRP(ref)时，UE可以从SDL1对应的SUL-1发起随机接入。
因此，在本示例中，UE可以根据SDL的参考信号强度和对应的SDL阈值选择服务可用的SUL。UE可以判断NDL的参考信号强度是否小于NDL阈值NDL-RSRP(ref)，如果NDL的参考信号强度不小于NDL阈值NDL-RSRP(ref)，UE可以确定距离第一网络设备比较近，在第一网络设备提供的NUL的服务范围内，可以从NUL发起随机接入。如果NDL的参考信号强度小于NDL阈值NDL-RSRP(ref)，UE可以从服务可用的SUL中选择对应的SDL的参考信号强度最大的SUL发起随机接入。
举例来说，如图4D所示，以UE1为例，UE1检测到SDL1的参考信号强度为SDL1-RSRP、SDL2的参考信号强度为SDL2-RSRP、SDL3的参考信号强度为SDL3-RSRP，UE1还检测了NDL的参考信号强度为NDL-RSRP。如果UE1对比SDL的参考信号强度和对应的SDL阈值确定SDL1-RSRP大于SDL1-RSRP(ref)、SDL2-RSRP大于SDL2-RSRP(ref)，但是SDL3-RSRP小于SDL3-RSRP(ref)。UE1可以确定SDL1对应的SUL-1和SDL2对应的SUL-2的服务可用。UE1可以比较NDL-RSRP和NDL-RSRP(ref)，比较的结果可能是NDL-RSRP小于 NDL-RSRP(ref)，在图4D的示例中，UE1不在再NUL的覆盖范围内，此时，UE1不从NUL发起随机接入。UE1可以从服务可用的SUL-1和SUL-2中选择SUL发起随机接入，具体地，UE1可以比较SDL1-RSRP和SDL2-RSRP，选择参考信号强度最大的SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入，在图4D的示例中，UE1距离第二网络设备12比较近，可能测得的SDL1-RSRP大于SDL2-RSRP，UE1可以选择SUL-1发起随机接入。
2、UE检测到多个SDL中部分SDL的参考信号强度。UE仍然是将检测到的部分SDL的参考信号强度与对应的SDL阈值选择服务可用的SUL。如果NDL的参考信号强度小于NDL阈值NDL-RSRP(ref)，UE可以从服务可用的SUL中选择对应的SDL的参考信号强度最大的SUL发起随机接入。
举例来说，如图4C所示，以UE2为例，UE2检测到SDL1的参考信号强度为SDL1-RSRP、SDL2的参考信号强度为SDL2-RSRP，UE2未检测到SDL3的参考信号。UE2还检测了NDL的参考信号强度为NDL-RSRP。如果UE2对比SDL的参考信号强度和对应的SDL阈值确定SDL1-RSRP大于SDL1-RSRP(ref)、SDL2-RSRP大于SDL2-RSRP(ref)。UE2可以确定SDL1对应的SUL-1和SDL2对应的SUL-2的服务可用。
UE2可以比较NDL-RSRP和NDL-RSRP(ref)，比较的结果可能是NDL-RSRP小于NDL-RSRP(ref)，在图4D的示例中，UE2不再NUL的覆盖范围内，此时，UE2不从NUL发起随机接入。UE2可以从服务可用的SUL-1和SUL-2中选择SUL发起随机接入，具体地，UE2可以比较SDL1-RSRP和SDL2-RSRP，选择参考信号强度最大的SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入，在图4D的示例中，UE2距离第二网络设备14比较近，可能测得的SDL2-RSRP大于SDL1-RSRP，UE2可以选择SUL-2发起随机接入。
3、UE未检测到多个SDL中任何一个SDL的参考信号强度。UE不从SUL发起随机接入，如果UE检测到NDL的参考信号强度，UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。如果UE既没有检测到任何一个SDL的参考信号强度，也没有检测到NDL的参考信号强度，UE可以不发起随机接入。
需要说明的是，对应UE检测到多个SDL中所有或者部分SDL的参考信号强度的情况，如果检测到的SDL的参考信号强度都不大于对应的SDL阈值，UE也不从SUL发起随机接入。这种情况下，如果检测到NDL的参考信号，UE可以从NUL发起随机接入；如果也未检测到NAL的参考信号，则UE可以不接入。
实施例4
仍然以图2B所示的应用场景为例，本实施例中，第一网络设备使用不同的NDL波束发送不同配置的SIB，SIB中包括SUL配置信息，不同的NDL波束中的SIB包括的SUL配置信息可以不同，也可以相同。SUL配置信息中包括的配置信息可以结合实施例3的配置示例，SUL配置信息可以包括至少一个SUL和SDL之间的匹配关系、至少一个SDL测量配置信息。SUL配置信息中的SUL、SDL为第二网络设备(网络设备12、或者网络设备13、或者网络设备14)提供的。
第一网络设备使用不同的NDL波束发送SIB的过程可以结合实施例1和实施例2的示例。
在一个示例中，第一网络设备使用不同的NDL波束发送SIB，每个SIB中的SUL配置信息可以包括一个SUL、一个SDL以及SDL测量配置信息，每个NDL波束的SIB中配置的SUL配置信息不同，也就是说，每个SIB中配置的SUL配置信息中包括的SUL和SDL不同。
在另一个示例中，第一网络设备使用不同的NDL波束发送SIB，每个SIB中的SUL配置信息可以包括多个SUL和多个SDL之间的匹配关系、SDL测量配置信息，每个SIB中的SUL配置信息还可以包括每个SUL的有效性标识和/或优先级信息。在本示例中，不同的NDL波束中的SUL配置信息可以不同。不同的NDL波束中的SUL配置信息配置的SUL和SDL不同，或者，配置的SUL和SDL相同，但是有效性标识和/或优先级信息优先级信息不同。
在另一个示例中，第一网络设备使用不同的NDL波束发送SIB，每个SIB中的SUL配置信息可以包括多个SUL和多个SDL之间的匹配关系、SDL测量配置信息。不同的NDL波束中的SUL配置信息可以相同，也可以不同。在本示例中，第一网络设备发送的NDL波束中还可以包括SSB以及SSB的索引SSBindex，不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex还可以指示用于发起接入的SUL。在本示例中，SUL配置信息中还可以包括每个SUL的有效性标识和/或优先级信息。
以上是本实施例的一些使用不同的NDL波束发送SIB配置SUL的示例，本申请不限于此。下面以每个SIB中的SUL配置信息可以包括一个SUL、一个SDL以及SDL测量配置信息为例对本实施例的随机接入方法进行说明。
示例1
图5A示出根据本申请一实施例的应用场景的示意图，如图5A和表4.1所示，第一网络设备11通过beam1发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-1的SUL标识SUL config1和SUL-1匹配的SDL1(SDL config1)，通过beam2发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-2的SUL标识SUL config2和SUL-2匹配的SDL2(SDL config 2)，通过beam3发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-3的SUL标识SUL config3和SUL-3匹配的SDL3(SDL config 3)。也就是说，网络设备11使用不同的NDL波束发送了不同配置的SIB。每个SIB的SUL配置信息中还可以包括SDL测量配置信息，表4.1中未示出。
表4.1
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000018
UE接收到SIB后，可以根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，UE还可以测量NDL的参考信号强度，并根据测量到的SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度选择随机接入的UL。具体可以分为以下几种不同情况：
1、UE只测量到一个NDL波束对应的SDL的参考信号强度，UE可以比较SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度，从中选择参考信号强度大的DL对应的UL发起随机接入。举例来说，如果SDL的参考信号强度小于NDL的参考信号强度，则UE可以从NUL发起接入，如果SDL的参考信号强度大于NDL的参考信号强度，则UE可以从SDL对应的SUL发起接入。
如图5A所示，UE1接收到beam1，UE1测量所在区域的NDL的参考信号强度，根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度。如果UE1仅测量到beam1的覆盖范围内的SDL1的参考信号强度，UE1可以比较SDL1的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度，如果SDL1的参考信号强度小于NDL的参考信号强度，则UE1可以从NUL发起接入，如果SDL1的参考信号强度大于NDL的参考信号强度，则UE可以从SDL1对应的SUL-1发起接入。
2、UE测量到多个NDL波束对应的SDL的参考信号强度，由于UE可能位于多个NDL波束的覆盖范围交叠的地方，因此，UE可能会测量到多个NDL波束对应的SDL的参考信号强度。UE可以将多个SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度进行比较，选择参考信号强度最大的DL对应的UL发起随机接入。如果多个SDL的参考信号强度都小于NDL的参考信号强度，则UE可以从NUL发起随机接入，如果多个SDL中存在SDL的参考信号强度大于NDL的参考信号强度，则UE可以从参考信号强度大于NDL的参考信号强度的SDL中选择参考信号强度最大的SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入。
如图5A所示，在波束beam1和beam2的覆盖范围内的UE1测量所在区域的NDL的参考信号强度，根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度。由于在波束beam1和beam2的覆盖范围内，UE1可能测量到SDL1的参考信号强度和SDL2的参考信号强度。如果UE1测量到SDL1的参考信号强度和SDL2的参考信号强度，UE1可以将SDL1的参考信号强度、SDL2的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度进行比较，从中选择参考信号强度最大的DL对应的UL发起随机接入。如图5A所示，UE1在曲线NDL内侧的边缘、不在曲线NUL的覆盖范围内，且距离第一网络设备11比较远，所以UE1测量到的NDL的参考信号强度可能比较小；同样的，UE1虽然在曲线SDL2的覆盖范围内，但是位于靠近内侧的边缘部分，且距离第二网络设备14比较远，所以UE1测量到的SDL2的参考信号强度可能比较小；UE1距离第二网络设备12比较近，且在曲线SDL1的覆盖范围内，UE1测量到的SDL1的参考信号强度可能比较大。因此，UE1可以选择SDL1对应的SUL-1发起随机接入。
3、UE未测量到任何方向的NDL波束对应的SDL的参考信号强度，UE可以不从SUL发起随机接入。如果UE测量到NDL的参考信号，则UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。如果UE既没有测量到SLD的参考信号强度，也没有测量到NDL的参考信号强度，则UE可以不发起随机接入。
示例2
相比于示例1，示例2中的每个SIB的SUL配置信息中还可以包括一个NDL阈值NDL-RSRP。图5B示出根据本申请一实施例的应用场景的示意图，如图5B所示，除了与图5A相同的配置以外，图5B中还配置了NDL阈值NDL-RSRP(ref)。UE可以在NDL的参考信号强度小于NDL阈值时，根据SDL的参考信号强度选择SUL发起随机接入。在NDL的参考信号强度不小于NDL阈值时，UE可以确定距离第一网络设备的距离比较近，第一网络设备提供的NUL可以满足需求，可以从NUL发起随机接入。
如图5B和表4.2所示，第一网络设备11通过beam1发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-1的SUL标识SUL config1、SUL-1匹配的SDL1(SDL config1)和NDL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1，通过beam2发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-2的SUL标识SUL config2、SUL-2匹配的SDL2(SDL config 2)和和NDL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2，通过beam3发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-3的SUL标识SUL config3、SUL-3匹配的SDL3(SDL config 3)和和NDL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL3。也就是说，网络设备11使用不同的NDL波束发送了不同配置的SIB。每个SIB的SUL配置信息中还可以包括SDL测量配置信息，表4.2中未示出。
表4.2
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000019
需要说明的是，每个SIB的SUL配置信息中的NDL阈值可以相同，也可以不同。每个SIB的SUL配置信息中的NDL阈值相同和不同的示意图可以分别参见图3A和图3B。图5B示出的是每个SIB的SUL配置信息中的NDL阈值相同的示例。
UE接收到SIB后，可以根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，UE还可以测量NDL的参考信号强度，并根据测量到的SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度，结合NDL阈值选择随机接入的UL。具体可以分为以下几种不同情况：
1、UE只测量到一个NDL波束对应的SDL的参考信号强度，UE可以比较NDL的参考信号强度和NDL阈值的关系，如果NDL的参考信号强度小于NDL阈值，则UE可以从测量到参考信号强度的SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入；如果NDL的参考信号强度不小于NDL 阈值，则UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。
举例来说，如图5B所示，以UE1为例，UE1接收到beam1，UE1根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，测量所在区域的NDL的参考信号强度。如果UE1仅测量到beam1的覆盖范围内的SDL1的参考信号强度，UE1比较NDL的参考信号强度和NDL阈值的关系，如果NDL的参考信号强度小于NDL阈值，则UE1可以从测量到参考信号强度的SD1L对应的SUL-1发起随机接入；如果NDL的参考信号强度不小于NDL阈值，则UE1可以从NUL发起随机接入。
2、UE测量到多个NDL波束对应的SDL的参考信号强度，由于UE可能位于多个NDL波束的覆盖范围交叠的地方，因此，UE可能会测量到多个NDL波束对应的SDL的参考信号强度。UE可以比较NDL的参考信号强度和NDL阈值的关系，对于每个SIB的SUL配置信息中配置的NDL阈值相同的情况，UE将NDL的参考信号强度与相同的NDL阈值比较即可，对于多个SIB的SUL配置信息中配置的NDL阈值不同的情况，UE可以比较NDL的参考信号与所在NDL波束携带的SIB配置的NDL阈值。如果NDL的参考信号强度小于NDL阈值，则UE可以从测量到参考信号强度的SDL中参考信号最大的SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入；如果NDL的参考信号强度不小于NDL阈值，则UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。
举例来说，如图5B所示，以UE1为例，UE1接收到beam1，UE1根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，测量所在区域的NDL的参考信号强度。UE1测量到多个NDL波束对应的SDL的参考信号强度，比如说，UE1测量到了SDL1的参考信号强度和SDL2的参考信号强度。UE1将NDL的参考信号强度与NDL阈值比较，如果NDL的参考信号强度小于NDL阈值，UE1可以从测量到的多个SDL的参考信号强度中确定最大的参考信号强度对应的SDL，从参考信号强度最大的SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入。在该示例中，UE1在曲线NDL内侧的边缘、不在曲线NUL的覆盖范围内，且距离第一网络设备11比较远，所以UE1测量到的NDL的参考信号强度可能比较小，小于NDL阈值；同样的，UE1虽然在曲线SDL2的覆盖范围内，但是位于靠近内侧的边缘部分，且距离第二网络设备14比较远，所以UE1测量到的SDL2的参考信号强度可能比较小；UE1距离第二网络设备12比较近，且在曲线SDL1的覆盖范围内，UE1测量到的SDL1的参考信号强度可能比较大。因此，UE1可以选择SDL1对应的SUL-1发起随机接入。
3、UE未测量到任何方向的NDL波束对应的SDL的参考信号强度，UE可以不从SUL发起随机接入。如果UE测量到NDL的参考信号，则UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。如果UE既没有测量到SLD的参考信号强度，也没有测量到NDL的参考信号强度，则UE可以不发起随机接入。
示例3
相比于示例1，示例3中的每个SIB的SUL配置信息中还可以包括一个SDL阈值。如表4.3所示，网络设备发送的每个beam中的SUL配置信息除了包括SUL、与SUL对应的SUL，还包括SDL对应的SDL阈值。
表4.3
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000021
图5C示出根据本申请一实施例的应用场景的示意图。如图5C所示，除了与图5A相同的配置以外，图5C中还配置了多个SDL对应的SDL阈值，图5C中只画出了SDL1的阈值SDL1-RSRP(ref)和SDL3的阈值SDL3-RSRP(ref)。在图5C所示的应用场景中，UE在测量SDL的参考信号强度后，可以根据SDL的参考信号强度和SDL阈值之间的关系，选择服务可用的SUL。
具体地，UE接收到SIB，根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，测量NDL的参考信号强度后，可以结合SDL阈值分以下几种情况选择上行资源发起随机接入。
1、UE只测量到一个NDL波束对应的SDL的参考信号强度，UE可以将SDL的参考信号强度与对应的SDL阈值进行比较，如果SDL的参考信号强度大于对应的SDL阈值，则UE可以确定SDL匹配的SUL是服务可用的，如果SDL的参考信号强度不大于对应的SDL阈值，则UE可以确定SDL匹配的SUL服务不可用，此时UE可以不从SUL发起随机接入。UE可以比较服务可用的SUL匹配的SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度，从中选择参考信号强度大的DL对应的UL发起随机接入。举例来说，对于服务可用的SUL匹配的SDL，如果SDL的参考信号强度小于NDL的参考信号强度，则UE可以从NUL发起接入，如果SDL的参考信号强度大于NDL的参考信号强度，则UE可以从SDL对应的SUL发起接入。
如图5C所示，以UE1为例，UE1接收到beam1，UE1测量所在区域的NDL的参考信号强度，根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度。如果UE1仅测量到beam1的覆盖范围内的SDL1的参考信号强度，UE1可以比较SDL1的参考信号强度和SDL1的SDL阈值SDL1-RSRP(ref)，UE1在曲线SDL1-RSRP(ref)的覆盖范围内，SDL1的参考信号强度小于SDL1-RSRP(ref)，SDL1匹配的SUL-1服务可用。UE1可以比较SDL1的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度，如果SDL1的参考信号强度小于NDL的参考信号强度，则UE1可以从NUL发起接入，如果SDL1的参考信号强度大于NDL的参考信号强度，则UE可以从SDL1对应的SUL-1发起接入。
2、UE测量到多个NDL波束对应的SDL的参考信号强度，由于UE可能位于多个NDL波束的覆盖范围交叠的地方，因此，UE可能会测量到多个NDL波束对应的SDL的参考信号强度。
UE可以将多个SDL的参考信号强度分别和每个SDL对应的SDL阈值进行比较，UE根据每个SDL的参考信号和对应的SDL阈值的关系可以确定SDL匹配的SUL服务是否可用。
对于服务可用的SUL匹配的SDL，UE可以将SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号 强度进行比较，选择参考信号强度最大的DL对应的UL发起随机接入。如果服务可用的SUL匹配的SDL的参考信号强度都小于NDL的参考信号强度，则UE可以从NUL发起随机接入，如果服务可用的SUL匹配的SDL中存在SDL的参考信号强度大于NDL的参考信号强度，假设参考信号强度大于NDL的参考信号强度、且匹配的SUL服务可用的SDL为第一SDL，则UE可以从参考信号强度大于NDL的参考信号强度的第一SDL中选择参考信号强度最大的第二SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入。
如图5C所示，仍然以UE1为例，UE1在第二网络设备12附近，UE1测量所在区域的NDL的参考信号强度，根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度。由于在曲线SDL2和曲线SDL3的交叉点附近、且位于曲线SDL1的覆盖范围内，UE1可能测量到SDL1的参考信号强度、SDL2的参考信号强度和SDL3的参考信号强度。如果测量到SDL1的参考信号强度、SDL2的参考信号强度和SDL3的参考信号强度，UE1可以分别对SDL1的参考信号强度和SDL阈值SDL1-RSRP(ref)进行比较、对SDL2的参考信号强度和SDL阈值SDL2-RSRP(ref)进行比较、对SDL3的参考信号强度和SDL阈值SDL3-RSRP(ref)进行比较，根据图5C所示，可能只有SDL1的参考信号强度大于SDL阈值SDL1-RSRP(ref)，SDL1匹配的SUL-1是服务可用的。
UE1可以将SDL1的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度进行比较，从中选择参考信号强度最大的DL对应的UL发起随机接入。如图5C所示，UE1在曲线NDL内侧的边缘、不在曲线NUL的覆盖范围内，且距离第一网络设备11比较远，所以UE1测量到的NDL的参考信号强度可能比较小；UE1距离第二网络设备12比较近，且在曲线SDL1的覆盖范围内，UE1测量到的SDL1的参考信号强度可能比较大。因此，UE1可以选择SDL1对应的SUL-1发起随机接入。
3、UE未测量到任何方向的NDL波束对应的SDL的参考信号强度，或者，UE测量到的SDL的参考信号强度都小于对应的SDL阈值，没有服务可用的SUL，UE可以不从SUL发起随机接入。此时，UE测量到NDL的参考信号，则UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。如果UE也没有测量到NDL的参考信号强度，则UE可以不发起随机接入。
示例4
相比于示例1，示例4中的每个SIB的SUL配置信息中还可以包括一个SDL阈值和一个NDL阈值。如表4.4所示，网络设备发送的每个beam中的SUL配置信息除了包括SUL、与SUL对应的SUL，还包括NDL阈值和SDL对应的SDL阈值。
表4.4
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000023
图5D示出根据本申请一实施例的应用场景的示意图。在图5D所示的应用场景中，UE在测量SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度后，可以根据结合SDL阈值和NDL阈值，选择上行资源。
具体地，UE通过NDL波束接收到SIB，根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，测量NDL的参考信号强度。根据SDL的参考信号强度和对应的SDL阈值选择服务可用的SUL，再结合NDL的参考信号强度和NDL阈值之间的关系，从服务可用的SUL或者NUL中选择上行资源。具体，可以分为以下几种情况。
1、UE只测量到一个NDL波束对应的SDL的参考信号强度，UE可以将SDL的参考信号强度与对应的SDL阈值进行比较，如果SDL的参考信号强度大于对应的SDL阈值，则UE可以确定SDL匹配的SUL是服务可用的，如果SDL的参考信号强度不大于对应的SDL阈值，则UE可以确定SDL匹配的SUL服务不可用，此时UE可以不从SUL发起随机接入。
UE还可以比较NDL的参考信号强度和NDL阈值的关系，当NDL的参考信号强度小于NDL阈值时，UE可以从服务可用SUL的匹配的SDL中，选择参考信号强度最高的SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入。当NDL的参考信号强度小于NDL阈值时，在只测量到一个SDL的参考信号强度、且该SDL对应的SUL服务可用的情况下，UE可以从该一个SDL匹配的SUL发起随机接入。
举例来说，如图5D所示，以UE1为例，UE1接收到beam1，UE1测量所在区域的NDL的参考信号强度，根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度。如果UE1仅测量到beam1的覆盖范围内的SDL1的参考信号强度，UE1可以比较SDL1的参考信号强度和SDL1的SDL阈值SDL1-RSRP(ref)，UE1在曲线SDL1-RSRP(ref)的覆盖范围内，SDL1的参考信号强度小于SDL1-RSRP(ref)，SDL1匹配的SUL-1服务可用。UE1可以比较NDL的参考信号强度和NDL阈值，如果NDL的参考信号强度不小于NDL阈值，则UE1可以从NUL发起接入，如果NDL的参考信号强度小于NDL阈值，则UE可以从SDL1对应的SUL-1发起接入。
2、UE测量到多个NDL波束对应的SDL的参考信号强度，由于UE可能位于多个NDL波束的覆盖范围交叠的地方，因此，UE可能会测量到多个NDL波束对应的SDL的参考信号强度。
UE可以将多个SDL的参考信号强度分别和每个SDL对应的SDL阈值进行比较，UE根据每个SDL的参考信号和对应的SDL阈值的关系可以确定SDL匹配的SUL服务是否可用。
UE还可以比较NDL的参考信号强度和NDL阈值的关系，当NDL的参考信号强度小于NDL阈值时，UE可以从服务可用SUL的匹配的SDL中，选择参考信号强度最高的SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入。当NDL的参考信号强度不小于NDL阈值时，UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。
举例来说，如图5D所示，以UE1为例，UE1检测到SDL1的参考信号强度为SDL1-RSRP、SDL2的参考信号强度为SDL2-RSRP、SDL3的参考信号强度为SDL3-RSRP，UE1还检测了NDL的参考信号强度为NDL-RSRP。如果UE1对比SDL的参考信号强度和对应的SDL阈值确定SDL1-RSRP大于SDL1-RSRP(ref)、SDL2-RSRP大于SDL2-RSRP(ref)，但是SDL3-RSRP小于SDL3-RSRP(ref)。UE1可以确定SDL1对应的SUL-1和SDL2对应的SUL-2的服务可用。
UE可以比较NDL-RSRP和NDL-RSRP(ref)，比较的结果可能是NDL-RSRP小于NDL-RSRP(ref)，在图5D的示例中，UE1不在NUL的覆盖范围内，此时，UE1不从NUL发起随机接入。UE1可以从服务可用的SUL-1和SUL-2中选择SUL发起随机接入，具体地，UE1可以比较SDL1-RSRP和SDL2-RSRP，选择参考信号强度最大的SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入，在图4D的示例中，UE1距离第二网络设备12比较近，可能测得的SDL1-RSRP大于SDL2-RSRP，UE1可以选择SUL-1发起随机接入。
3、UE未测量到任何方向的NDL波束对应的SDL的参考信号强度，或者，UE测量到的SDL的参考信号强度都小于对应的SDL阈值，没有服务可用的SUL，UE可以不从SUL发起随机接入。此时，UE测量到NDL的参考信号，则UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。如果UE也没有测量到NDL的参考信号强度，则UE可以不发起随机接入。
需要说明的是，在本实施例中，SUL配置信息还可以包括SUL的有效性标识、优先级信息、SSB的信息中的一种参数或多种参数的组合。
UE在接收到SUL配置信息后，还可以在本实施例的方案的基础上结合SUL的有效性标识、优先级信息、SSB的信息中的一种参数或多种参数的组合，选择SUL发起随机接入。结合的方式可以参见本申请实施例1部分的相关内容，不再赘述。
下面以每个SIB中的SUL配置信息可以包括多个SUL和多个SDL之间的匹配关系、SDL测量配置信息，每个SIB中的SUL配置信息还可以包括每个SUL的有效性标识和/或优先级信息，为例对本实施例的随机接入方法进行说明。
示例5
仍然以图5A所示的示例作为本示例的应用场景的示意图。如图5A和表4.5所示，第一网络设备11通过beam1发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-1的SUL标识SUL config1和SUL-1匹配的SDL1(SDL config1)、SUL config1的有效性标识available，SUL-2的SUL标识SUL config2和SUL-2匹配的SDL2(SDL config 2)、SUL config2的有效性标识available，SUL-3的SUL标识SUL config3和SUL-3匹配的SDL3(SDL config 3)、SUL config3的有效性标识disvailable。
表4.5
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000024
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000025
第一网络设备11通过beam2发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-1的SUL标识SUL config1和SUL-1匹配的SDL1(SDL config1)、SUL config1的有效性标识disvailable，SUL-2的SUL标识SUL config2和SUL-2匹配的SDL2(SDL config 2)、SUL config2的有效性标识available，SUL-3的SUL标识SUL config3和SUL-3匹配的SDL3(SDL config 3)、SUL config3的有效性标识disvailable。
第一网络设备11通过beam3发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-1的SUL标识SUL config1和SUL-1匹配的SDL1(SDL config1)、SUL config1的有效性标识disvailable，SUL-2的SUL标识SUL config2和SUL-2匹配的SDL2(SDL config 2)、SUL config2的有效性标识disvailable，SUL-3的SUL标识SUL config3和SUL-3匹配的SDL3(SDL config 3)、SUL config3的有效性标识available。
也就是说，网络设备11使用不同的NDL波束发送了不同配置的SIB。每个SIB的SUL配置信息中还可以包括SDL测量配置信息，表4.5中未示出。
在本示例中，UE接收到SIB后，根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，可以根据SUL的有效性标识确定有效的SUL，UE还可以测量NDL的参考信号强度，并根据有效的SUL对应的SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度选择随机接入的UL。比如说，UE可以从有效的SUL对应的SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度中选择参考信号强度最大的DL对应的UL发起随机接入，如果NDL的参考信号强度大于所有有效的SUL对应的SDL的参考信号强度，则UE可以从NUL发起随机接入，如果存在有效的SUL对应的SDL的参考信号强度大于NDL的参考信号强度(第一SDL)，则UE可以从第一SDL中选择参考信号强度最大的第二SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入。
举例来说，如图5A所示，在波束beam1和beam2的覆盖范围内的UE1测量所在区域的 NDL的参考信号强度，UE1接收到的beam1波束发送的SUL配置信息，根据SDL测量配置信息测量到了SDL1的参考信号强度、SDL2的参考信号强度和SDL3的参考信号强度，UE1根据SUL配置信息确定有效的SUL为SUL-1和SUL-2，因此，UE1可以将SDL1的参考信号强度、SDL2的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度进行比较，从中选择参考信号强度最大的DL对应的UL发起随机接入。如图5A所示，UE1在曲线NDL内侧的边缘、不在曲线NUL的覆盖范围内，且距离第一网络设备11比较远，所以UE1测量到的NDL的参考信号强度可能比较小；同样的，UE1虽然在曲线SDL2的覆盖范围内，但是位于靠近内侧的边缘部分，且距离第二网络设备14比较远，所以UE1测量到的SDL2的参考信号强度可能比较小；UE1距离第二网络设备12比较近，且在曲线SDL1的覆盖范围内，UE1测量到的SDL1的参考信号强度可能比较大。因此，UE1可以选择SDL1对应的SUL-1发起随机接入。
示例6
仍然以图5A所示的示例作为本示例的应用场景的示意图。如图5A和表4.6所示，第一网络设备11通过beam1发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-1的SUL标识SUL config1和SUL-1匹配的SDL1(SDL config1)、SUL config1的优先级信息为1，SUL-2的SUL标识SUL config2和SUL-2匹配的SDL2(SDL config 2)、SUL config2的优先级信息为2，SUL-3的SUL标识SUL config3和SUL-3匹配的SDL3(SDL config 3)、SUL config3的优先级信息为3。
表4.6
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000027
第一网络设备11通过beam2发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-1的SUL标识SUL config1和SUL-1匹配的SDL1(SDL config1)、SUL config1的优先级信息为2，SUL-2的SUL标识SUL config2和SUL-2匹配的SDL2(SDL config 2)、SUL config2的优先级信息为1，SUL-3的SUL标识SUL config3和SUL-3匹配的SDL3(SDL config 3)、SUL config3的优先级信息为3。
第一网络设备11通过beam3发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-1的SUL标识SUL config1和SUL-1匹配的SDL1(SDL config1)、SUL config1的优先级信息为3，SUL-2的SUL标识SUL config2和SUL-2匹配的SDL2(SDL config 2)、SUL config2的优先级信息为2，SUL-3的SUL标识SUL config3和SUL-3匹配的SDL3(SDL config 3)、SUL config3的优先级信息为1。
也就是说，网络设备11使用不同的NDL波束发送了不同配置的SIB。每个SIB的SUL配置信息中还可以包括SDL测量配置信息，表4.6中未示出。
在本示例中，UE接收到SIB后，根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，可以根据SUL的优先级信息确定优先级最高的SUL，UE还可以测量NDL的参考信号强度，并根据优先级最高的SUL对应的SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度选择随机接入的UL。或者UE可以根据SUL的优先级信息确定优先级较高的多个SUL，根据优先级较高的多个SUL对应的SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度选择随机接入的UL
举例来说，如图5A所示，在波束beam1和beam2的覆盖范围内的UE1测量所在区域的NDL的参考信号强度，UE1接收到的beam1波束发送的SUL配置信息，根据SDL测量配置信息测量到了SDL1的参考信号强度、SDL2的参考信号强度和SDL3的参考信号强度，UE1根据SUL配置信息确定优先级最高的SUL为SUL-1，因此，UE1可以将SDL1的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度进行比较，从中选择参考信号强度最大的DL对应的UL发起随机接入。如图5A所示，UE1在曲线NDL内侧的边缘、不在曲线NUL的覆盖范围内，且距离第一网络设备11比较远，所以UE1测量到的NDL的参考信号强度可能比较小；UE1距离第二网络设备12比较近，且在曲线SDL1的覆盖范围内，UE1测量到的SDL1的参考信号强度可能比较大。因此，UE1可以选择SDL1对应的SUL-1发起随机接入。
示例7
每个SIB中的SUL配置信息除了包括多个SUL和多个SDL之间的匹配关系、SDL测量配置信息、每个SUL的有效性标识和/或优先级信息外，还可以包括一个NDL阈值NDL-RSRP和/或多个SDL分别对应的SDL阈值。
在本示例中，UE接收到SUL配置信息后，可以结合每个SUL的有效性标识和/或优先级信息、NDL阈值NDL-RSRP、多个SDL分别对应的SDL阈值从多个SUL中选择SUL发起随机接入。
表4.7
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000029
结合图5C和表4.7对本示例进行说明，除了与图5A相同的配置以外，图5C中还配置了多个SDL对应的SDL阈值，图5C中只画出了SDL1的阈值SDL1-RSRP(ref)和SDL3的阈值SDL3-RSRP(ref)，表4.7的示例中为每一个SUL配置了有效性标识。在图5C所示的应用场景中，UE接收到SIB后，根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，可以根据SUL的有效性标识确定有效的SUL，根据有效的SUL对应的SDL的参考信号强度和SDL阈值之间的关系，从有效的SUL中选择服务可用的SUL。
然后根据服务可用的SUL对应的SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度，从中选择参考信号强度大的DL对应的UL发起随机接入。举例来说，对于服务可用的SUL匹配的SDL，如果SDL的参考信号强度小于NDL的参考信号强度，则UE可以从NUL发起接入，如果SDL的参考信号强度大于NDL的参考信号强度，则UE可以从SDL对应的SUL发起接入。具体的过程可以参见本实施例的示例3部分的介绍，不再赘述。
表4.8
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000030
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000031
结合图5B和表4.8对本示例进行说明，除了与图5A相同的配置以外，图5C中还配置了一个NDL阈值，需要说明的是，每个SIB的SUL配置信息中的NDL阈值可以相同，也可以不同。每个SIB的SUL配置信息中的NDL阈值相同和不同的示意图可以分别参见图3A和图3B。图5B示出的是每个SIB的SUL配置信息中的NDL阈值相同的示例。表4.8的示例中配置了每个SUL的有效性标识。
在本示例中，UE接收到SIB后，可以根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，UE还可以测量NDL的参考信号强度，UE可以根据SUL的有效性标识确定有效的SUL。UE可以比较NDL的参考信号强度和NDL阈值的关系，如果NDL的参考信号强度小于NDL阈值，则UE可以从有效的SUL对应的SDL中选择参考信号强度最大的SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入；如果NDL的参考信号强度不小于NDL阈值，则UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。
举例来说，如图5B所述，以UE1为例，UE1接收到beam1，UE1根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，测量所在区域的NDL的参考信号强度。UE1测量到了SDL1的参考信号强度、SDL2的参考信号强度和SDL3的参考信号强度，UE可以根据SUL的有效性标识确定有效的SUL为SUL-1和SUL-2。UE1将NDL的参考信号强度与NDL阈值比较，如果NDL的参考信号强度小于NDL阈值，UE1可以从SUL-1对应的SDL1和SUL-2SDL对应的SDL2中确定最大的参考信号强度对应的SDL，从参考信号强度最大的SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入。
在该示例中，UE1在曲线NDL内侧的边缘、不在曲线NUL的覆盖范围内，且距离第一网络设备11比较远，所以UE1测量到的NDL的参考信号强度可能比较小，小于NDL阈值；同样的，UE1虽然在曲线SDL2的覆盖范围内，但是位于靠近内侧的边缘部分，且距离第二网络设备14比较远，所以UE1测量到的SDL2的参考信号强度可能比较小；UE1距离第二 网络设备12比较近，且在曲线SDL1的覆盖范围内，UE1测量到的SDL1的参考信号强度可能比较大。因此，UE1可以选择SDL1对应的SUL-1发起随机接入。
表4.9
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000032
结合图5C和表4.9对本示例进行说明，除了与图5A相同的配置以外，图5C中还配置了多个SDL对应的SDL阈值，图5C中只画出了SDL1的阈值SDL1-RSRP(ref)和SDL3的阈值SDL3-RSRP(ref)，表4.9的示例中为每一个SUL配置了优先级信息。在图5C所示的应用场景中，结合表4.9的配置，UE接收到SIB后，根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，UE可以根据测量到参考信号强度的SDL的参考信号强度和SDL阈值之间的 关系，从测量到对应的SDL参考信号强度的SUL中选择服务可用的SUL。UE可以根据SUL的优先级信息从服务可用的SUL中确定优先级最高的SUL发起随机接入。
举例来说，如图5C所示，以UE1为例，如果UE1测量到SDL1的参考信号强度、SDL2的参考信号强度和SDL3的参考信号强度，UE1可以分别对SDL1的参考信号强度和SDL阈值SDL1-RSRP(ref)进行比较、对SDL2的参考信号强度和SDL阈值SDL2-RSRP(ref)进行比较、对SDL3的参考信号强度和SDL阈值SDL3-RSRP(ref)进行比较。如果SDL1的参考信号强度大于SDL阈值SDL1-RSRP(ref)、SDL2的参考信号强度大于SDL阈值SDL2-RSRP(ref)，那么SUL-1和SUL-2服务可用，根据SUL-1和SUL-2的优先级信息可知，SUL-1的优先级高，UE1可以从SUL-1发起随机接入。
表4.10
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000033
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000034
结合图5B和表4.10对本示例进行说明，除了与图5A相同的配置以外，图5C中还配置了一个NDL阈值，需要说明的是，每个SIB的SUL配置信息中的NDL阈值可以相同，也可以不同。表4.10的示例中配置了每个SUL的优先级信息。
在本示例中，UE接收到SIB后，可以根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，UE还可以测量NDL的参考信号强度。UE可以比较NDL的参考信号强度和NDL阈值的关系，如果NDL的参考信号强度小于NDL阈值，则UE可以根据SUL的优先级信息选择优先级最高的SUL发起随机接入；如果NDL的参考信号强度不小于NDL阈值，则UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。
示例8
下面以每个SIB中的SUL配置信息可以包括多个SUL和多个SDL之间的匹配关系、SDL测量配置信息，第一网络设备发送的NDL波束中包括SSB以及SSB的索引SSBindex，不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，为例对本实施例的随机接入方法进行说明。
表4.11
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000035
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000036
如图5A和表4.11所示，第一网络设备11通过beam1、beam2和beam3发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-1的SUL标识SUL config1和SUL-1匹配的SDL1(SDL config1)，SUL-2的SUL标识SUL config2和SUL-2匹配的SDL2(SDL config 2)，SUL-3的SUL标识SUL config3和SUL-3匹配的SDL3(SDL config 3)。第一网络设备通过beam1发送的SSB中的索引为SSBindex1、通过beam2发送的SSB中的索引为SSBindex2、通过beam3发送的SSB中的索引为SSBindex3。三个beam中的索引可以不同。
在本示例中，UE在初始接入阶段，接收beam发送的SSB，获得SSB的索引SSBindex。UE接收到SUL配置信息后，获得配置的SUL小区的总个数，可以根据SSBindex的值和SUL小区的总个数的余数选择发起随机接入的SUL。比如说，在本示例中，假设SSBindex1为1、SSBindex2为2、SSBindex3为3，那么，SSBindex1指示的接入的SUL为SUL-1，SSBindex2指示的接入的SUL为SUL-2，SSBindex3指示的接入的SUL为SUL-3。
在本示例中，SUL配置信息中还可以包括每个SUL的有效性标识和/或优先级信息。如果包括每个SUL的有效性标识，在SSBindex指示的SUL和有效性标识指示的SUL冲突的情况下，UE可以选择有效性标识为有效的SUL发起随机接入。如果包括每个SUL的优先级信息，在SSBindex指示的SUL的优先级不是最高的情况下，UE可以选择SSBindex指示的SUL发起随机接入。
需要说明的是，以上示例中选择SUL发起随机接入的方式仅仅是本申请的一些示例，本申请不限于此。用户可以根据实际的需求按照本申请示例示出的方式设置SUL配置信息来区分不同的SUL。
实施例5
以图1B所示的应用场景为例，第二网络设备(网络设备300)只能给第一网络设备(网络设备200)的小区的部分区域提供SUL服务。在本示例中，第一网络设备可以使用NDL波束向UE发送不同配置的SIB，SIB中包括SUL配置信息，不同的NDL波束中的SIB包括的SUL配置信息不同。SUL配置信息可以包括至少一个SUL的SUL标识和至少一个SUL阈值。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在本实施例中，SUL配置信息还可以包括SUL阈值的有效性标识，在没有SUL覆盖的区域，第一网络设备发送的NDL波束的SIB中，SUL配置信息包括的SUL阈值可以是无效的。或者，不同SIB中配置的SUL阈值不同，在没有SUL覆盖的区域，第一网络设备发送的NDL波束的SIB中，SUL配置信息包括的SUL阈值配置为0。这样，UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。
示例1
表5.1
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000037
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000038
图6A示出根据本申请一示例的随机接入的场景的示意图。如图6A和表5.1所示，网络设备11通过beam1发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-1的SUL标识SUL config1、SUL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL1和SUL阈值的有效性标识为有效(available)；通过beam2发送的SIB中的SUL配置信息包括：SUL-2的SUL标识SUL config2、SUL阈值rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL2和SUL阈值的有效性标识为无效(disvailable)。
如图6B所述，UE1不在SUL覆盖的范围内，UE1接收到beam2，确定SUL阈值的有效性标识为无效，UE1可以从NUL发起随机接入。
示例2
表5.2
Figure PCTCN2021132469-appb-000039
本实施例的示例2和示例1的区别在于，第一网络设备发送的beam2的SIB中，SUL配置信息包括的SUL阈值为0。
图6B示出根据本申请一示例的随机接入的场景的示意图。如图6B所示，在没有SUL覆盖的额区域，SUL阈值为0，UE1不在SUL覆盖的范围内，UE1接收到beam2，UE2测量所在区域的NDL的RSRP，确定SUL阈值为0，UE1比较NDL的RSRP和SUL阈值确定NDL的RSRP大于SUL阈值，UE1可以从NUL发起随机接入。
图7示出根据本申请一实施例的随机接入方法的交互图。
本申请的实施例提供了一种随机接入方法，可以应用于第一网络设备。如图7所示，所述方法可以包括：步骤S700，第一网络设备使用正常下行链路NDL波束发送与NDL波束对应的补充上行链路SUL配置信息，使得UE测量NDL波束对应的参考信号强度，若所述参考信号强度小于第一SUL阈值，所述UE从第一SUL标识对应的第一SUL发起随机接入(UE的具体过程可以参见步骤S701-S703部分的介绍)。
其中，SUL配置信息包括至少一个SUL的SUL标识和至少一个SUL阈值，不同的NDL 波束对应的SUL配置信息不同；其中，所述至少一个SUL为第二网络设备提供的SUL，所述至少一个SUL的SUL标识包括第一SUL标识，所述至少一个SUL阈值包括与所述第一SUL标识对应的第一SUL阈值。
通过在不同的NDL波束中配置不同的SUL配置信息，也就是说，不同的NDL波束中配置了不同的SUL小区。这样，位于不同的NDL波束覆盖范围内的UE在接收到NDL波束后，可以选择从NDL波束中配置的SUL发起随机接入。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一网络设备为基站，或者小站，或者其他用户设备，比如说，第一网络设备可以为NR基站。第一网络设备可以向UE发送NDL波束，NDL波束中包括与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息，不同的NDL波束中的SIB包括的SUL配置信息不同。由于UE在不同的区域接收的NDL波束不同，进而，UE可以根据NDL波束区分接入的SUL，如本申请实施例1部分所示。
在一种可能的实现方式中，一个NDL波束的SUL配置信息中可以包括一个SUL和一个SUL阈值，如实施例1的示例1所示。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，一个NDL波束的SUL配置信息中可以包括多个SUL的SUL标识和多个SUL阈值，多个SUL阈值可以相同，也可以不同。所述SUL配置信息中还包括每个SUL的以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合：第一有效性标识、优先级信息，如实施例1的示例2、示例3和示例4。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL时，所述NDL波束中还可以包括SSBindex，不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex用于指示用于发起随机接入的SUL。所述NDL波束中可以包括一个SSBindex或多个SSBindex，如实施例2的示例1、示例2所述。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL时，所述NDL波束中可以包括SSBindex，每个SUL配置信息中还可以包括有效性标识和优先级信息中的一个参数或多个参数的组合。也就是说，UE接收到SUL配置信息时，可以根据波束中的SSBindex、有效性标识和优先级信息中的一个参数或多个参数的组合选择SUL发起随机接入。如实施例2的示例3所述。
结合有效性标识、优先级信息、SSBindex可以灵活配置SUL，使得UE可以根据不同的场景选择接入的SUL。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中还包括SUL阈值的第二有效性标识，第二有效性标识可以为有效或者无效。在没有SUL覆盖的区域，第一网络设备发送的NDL波束的SIB中，SUL配置信息包括的SUL阈值可以是无效的，这样，UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。可以用于区分有SUL覆盖的区域和没有SUL覆盖的区域，解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分没有SUL覆盖的区域的问题，如实施例5所述。
本申请的实施例还提供了一种随机接入方法，可以应用于UE。如图7所示，所述方法可以包括：
步骤S701，用户设备UE接收正常下行链路NDL波束，所述NDL波束中包括与NDL波束对应的补充上行链路SUL配置信息。
其中，所述UE在不同的区域接收的NDL波束不同，不同的NDL波束中包括的SUL配置信息不同，SUL配置信息包括至少一个SUL的SUL标识、至少一个SUL阈值；所述NDL波束为第一网络设备发送的波束，所述至少一个SUL为第二网络设备提供的SUL；所述至少一个SUL的SUL标识包括第一SUL标识，所述至少一个SUL阈值包括与所述第一SUL标识对应的第一SUL阈值。
步骤S702，所述UE测量NDL波束对应的参考信号强度。
步骤S703，若所述参考信号强度小于所述第一SUL阈值，所述UE从第一SUL标识对应的第一SUL发起随机接入。
在一种可能的实现方式中，一个NDL波束的SUL配置信息中可以包括一个SUL和一个SUL阈值，如实施例1的示例1所示。UE在不同的区域接收的NDL波束不同，不同的NDL波束中包括的SUL配置信息不同，UE根据接收到的SUL配置信息以及测量到的参考信号强度选择SUL配置信息配置的SUL接入即可，不再赘述。在另一种可能的实现方式中，一个NDL波束的SUL配置信息中可以包括多个SUL的SUL标识和多个SUL阈值，多个SUL阈值可以相同，也可以不同。所述SUL配置信息中还包括每个SUL的以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合：第一有效性标识、优先级信息，如实施例1的示例2、示例3和示例4。UE接收到波束，通过测量NDL的参考信号强度，可以根据NDL的参考信号强度、SUL阈值、以及每个SUL的有效性标识和/或优先级信息，从多个SUL中选择SUL发起随机接入。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，在SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL时，所述NDL波束中还可以包括SSBindex，不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex用于指示用于发起随机接入的SUL。所述NDL波束中可以包括一个SSBindex或多个SSBindex，如实施例2的示例1、示例2所述。每个SUL配置信息中还可以包括有效性标识和优先级信息中的一个参数或多个参数的组合。也就是说，UE接收到SUL配置信息时，可以根据波束中的SSBindex、有效性标识和优先级信息中的一个参数或多个参数的组合选择SUL发起随机接入。如实施例2的示例3所述。
通过在不同的NDL波束中配置不同的SUL配置信息，也就是说，不同的NDL波束中配置了不同的SUL小区。这样，位于不同的NDL波束覆盖范围内的UE在接收到NDL波束后，可以选择从NDL波束中配置的SUL发起随机接入。
比较图3A和图2B所示的示例，图3A中的用户设备可以根据测量的参考信号强度和SUL阈值的关系，选择所在位置的NDL波束配置的SUL小区发起随机接入，而图2B所示的示例中，用户设备无法区分三个不同的SUL。因此，根据本申请的随机接入方法可以解决单一的 RSRP阈值无法区分不同的SUL的技术问题。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL的SUL标识和多个SUL阈值，所述SUL配置信息中还包括每个SUL的第一有效性标识和/或优先级信息；所述第一SUL标识对应的SUL的第一有效性标识为有效和/或优先级最高。具体实施方式可以参见实施例1的示例2、示例3和示例4。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL的SUL标识和多个SUL阈值，所述NDL波束中还包括SSBindex，所述UE接收的不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex用于指示所述第一SUL。在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一SUL标识为所述SSBindex的值与多个SUL的总数的余数，或者，所述第一SUL标识为SSBindex的值。具体实施方式可以参见实施例2的示例1、示例2、示例3。结合有效性标识、优先级信息、SSBindex可以灵活配置SUL，使得UE可以根据不同的场景选择接入的SUL。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中还包括所述至少一个SUL阈值的第二有效性标识，所述方法还包括：若所述SUL阈值的第二有效性标识为无效或者SUL阈值为0或负值，则从NUL发起随机接入。具体实施方式可以参见实施例5。在没有SUL覆盖的区域，第一网络设备发送的NDL波束的SIB中，SUL配置信息包括的SUL阈值可以是无效的，这样，UE可以从NUL发起随机接入。可以用于区分有SUL覆盖的区域和没有SUL覆盖的区域，解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分没有SUL覆盖的区域的问题。
图8示出根据本申请另一实施例的随机接入方法的交互图。本申请还提供了一种随机接入方法，可以应用于第一网络设备。如图8所示，所述方法可以包括：
步骤S800，发送补充上行链路SUL配置信息。其中，所述SUL配置信息中可以包括：多个SUL、与所述多个SUL分别匹配的多个SDL、SDL测量配置信息，使得用户设备UE根据所述SDL测量配置信息测量所述多个SDL的参考信号强度，并从第二SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入；其中，所述第二SDL是至少一个第一SDL中参考信号强度最高的，所述至少一个第一SDL是所述UE根据所述多个SDL的参考强度从所述多个SDL中选择的。
本申请还提供了一种随机接入方法，可以应用于用户设备，如图8所示，所述方法可以包括：
S801，用户设备UE接收补充上行链路SUL配置信息，所述SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL、与所述多个SUL分别匹配的多个补充下行链路SDL、以及SDL测量配置信息；
S802，UE根据所述SDL测量配置信息测量所述多个SDL的参考信号强度；
S803，UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，从所述至少一个第一SDL中选择第二SDL，在所述至少一个第一SDL中第二SDL的参考信号强度最高；
S804，UE从所述第二SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入。
通过第一网络设备配置多个成对的SUL和SDL(多对SUL和SDL)、以及SDL对应的SDL测量配置信息，UE可以根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，并根据SDL的参考信号强度选择SUL发起随机接入，使得UE可以根据选择的策略区别不同的SUL，能够解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分不同的SUL的技术问题。
在一种可能的实现方式中，步骤S800，发送SUL配置信息，可以包括：全向广播所述SUL配置信息。步骤S801，UE接收SUL配置信息，可以包括：UE接收广播的所述SUL配置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息还包括NDL测量配置信息，所述方法还包括：UE测量正常下行链路NDL的参考信号强度；UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，包括：UE根据所述多个SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度，从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，所述至少一个第一SDL的参考信号强度大于NDL的参考信号强度。如实施例3的示例1部分。
在本实施例中，所述SUL配置信息还可以包括：正常下行链路NDL阈值和/或多个SDL阈值。UE接收到SUL配置信息后，测量多个SDL的参考信号强度，可以根据多个SDL的参考信号强度、以及一下参数中的一项或多项的组合，从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL：NDL阈值，多个SDL阈值。
结合NDL阈值可以更准确的确定UE距离提供NUL资源的网络设备的距离，选择更合适的UL发起随机接入，结合SDL阈值可以过滤一部分无法提供服务的SUL，从可以提供服务的SUL中选择最终接入的SUL，可以提高接入效率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中还包括一个NDL阈值，所述方法还包括：UE测量正常下行链路NDL的参考信号强度；当所述NDL的参考信号强度小于所述NDL阈值时，测量到参考信号强度的SDL为所述至少一个第一SDL。如实施例3的示例2部分。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中还包括一个NDL阈值和SDL对应的SDL阈值，所述方法还包括：UE测量正常下行链路NDL的参考信号强度；所述至少一个第一SDL的参考信号强度大于对应的SDL阈值，从所述至少一个第一SDL中选择第二SDL，包括：若所述NDL的参考信号小于NDL阈值，则UE从第一SDL中选择参考信号的强度最高的第二SDL发起随机接入。如实施例3的示例4部分。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中包括SDL对应的SDL阈值，所述方法还包括：UE测量正常下行链路NDL的参考信号强度；UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，包括：UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度、所述SDL阈值和NDL的参考信号强度，从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，所述至少一个第一SDL的参考信号强度大于对应的SDL阈值、且大于NDL的参考信号强度。如实施例3的示例3部分。
在一种可能的实现方式中，步骤S800，发送SUL配置信息，可以包括：使用NDL波束 发送与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息包括一个SUL、与所述一个SUL匹配的一个SDL、SDL测量配置信息；不同的NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息不同。步骤S801，UE接收SUL配置信息，可以包括：UE接收正常下行链路NDL波束，所述NDL波束中包括与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息。在本实施方式中，所述SUL配置信息还可以包括NDL测量配置信息，所述方法还可以包括：UE测量正常下行链路NDL的参考信号强度；UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，包括：UE根据所述多个SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度，从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，所述至少一个第一SDL的参考信号强度大于NDL的参考信号强度。具体可以参见实施例4示例1。
通过在不同的NDL波束中配置不同的SUL配置信息，也就是说，不同的NDL波束中配置了不同的SUL小区。这样，位于不同的NDL波束覆盖范围内的UE在接收到NDL波束后，可以选择从NDL波束中配置的SUL发起随机接入。通过不同的波束区分了不同的SUL，根据本申请实施例提供的随机接入方法可以解决单一的RSRP阈值无法区分不同的SUL的技术问题。
在一种可能的实现方式中，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息包括一个SUL、与所述一个SUL匹配的一个SDL、SDL测量配置信息，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息还包括：一个NDL阈值和/或一个SDL阈值。UE接收NDL波束后，根据SDL测量配置信息测量SDL的参考信号强度，UE还可以测量NDL的参考信号强度。UE可以根据测量到的SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度，结合一个NDL阈值和/或一个SDL阈值，选择随机接入的UL。具体地，如实施例4的示例2、示例3和示例4。
结合NDL阈值可以更准确的确定UE距离提供NUL资源的网络设备的距离，选择更合适的UL发起随机接入，结合SDL阈值可以过滤一部分无法提供服务的SUL，从可以提供服务的SUL中选择最终接入的SUL，可以提高接入效率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，步骤S800，发送SUL配置信息，可以包括：使用NDL波束发送与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息包括多个SUL、与所述多个SUL分别匹配的多个SDL、SDL测量配置信息；所述NDL波束中还包括SSBindex，不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex用于指示用于发起随机接入的SUL；和/或，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息还包括每个SUL的以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合：有效性标识、优先级信息。
在本实施方式中，步骤S803，UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，可以包括：UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度和以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL：SSBindex、有效性标识、优先级信息；所述第一SDL对应的SUL为SSBindex指向的SUL、有效性标识为有效或优先级最高。
在本实施方式中，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息还可以包括：一个NDL阈值和/或一个SDL阈值。步骤S803，UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度从所述多个SDL中选择至少 一个第一SDL，可以包括：UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度和以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL：NDL阈值、SDL阈值、SSBindex、有效性标识、优先级信息。
具体可以参见实施例4的示例5、示例6、示例7、示例8，不再赘述。结合有效性标识、优先级信息、SSBindex可以灵活配置SUL，使得UE可以根据不同的场景选择接入的SUL。
图9示出根据本申请一实施例的随机接入装置的框图。图9所示的随机接入装置，可以应用于网络设备，用于执行图8中的步骤S800，所述装置包括：配置模块110，用于发送补充上行链路SUL配置信息，所述SUL配置信息中包括：多个SUL、与所述多个SUL分别匹配的多个SDL、SDL测量配置信息，使得用户设备UE根据所述SDL测量配置信息测量所述多个SDL的参考信号强度，并从第二SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入；其中，所述第二SDL是至少一个第一SDL中参考信号强度最高的，所述至少一个第一SDL是所述UE根据所述多个SDL的参考强度从所述多个SDL中选择的。具体可以参见实施例3和实施例4。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述配置模块110包括：广播单元，用于全向广播所述SUL配置信息。在本实施方式中，所述SUL配置信息还可以包括：正常下行链路NDL阈值和/或多个SDL阈值。具体可以参见实施例3。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述配置模块110包括：第一发送单元，用于使用NDL波束向UE发送与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息包括一个SUL、与所述一个SUL匹配的一个SDL、SDL测量配置信息；不同的NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息不同。在本实施方式中，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息还可以包括：一个NDL阈值和/或一个SDL阈值。具体可以参见实施例4。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述配置模块110包括：第二发送单元，用于使用NDL波束发送与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息包括多个SUL、与所述多个SUL分别匹配的多个SDL、SDL测量配置信息；所述NDL波束中还包括SSBindex，不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex用于指示用于发起随机接入的SUL；和/或，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息还包括每个SUL的以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合：有效性标识、优先级信息。在本实施方式中，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息还可以包括：一个NDL阈值和/或一个SDL阈值。具体可以参见实施例4。
图10示出根据本申请一实施例的随机接入装置的框图。图10所示的随机接入装置可以应用于用户设备UE，所述随机接入装置可以包括：
第一接收模块120，用于接收补充上行链路SUL配置信息，所述SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL、与所述多个SUL分别匹配的多个补充下行链路SDL、以及SDL测量配置信息；
第一测量模块121，用于根据所述SDL测量配置信息测量所述多个SDL的参考信号强度；
选择模块122，用于根据多个SDL的参考信号强度从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一 SDL，从所述至少一个第一SDL中选择第二SDL，在所述至少一个第一SDL中第二SDL的参考信号强度最高；
第一接入模块123，用于从所述第二SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一接收模块120包括：第一接收单元，用于接收正常下行链路NDL波束，所述NDL波束中包括与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息包括一个SUL、与所述一个SUL匹配的一个SDL、SDL测量配置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息包括多个SUL、与所述多个SUL分别匹配的多个SDL、SDL测量配置信息；所述NDL波束中还包括SSBindex，不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex用于指示用于发起随机接入的SUL；和/或，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息还包括：每个SUL的以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合：有效性标识、优先级信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述选择模块122包括：第一选择单元，用于根据多个SDL的参考信号强度和以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL：SSBindex、有效性标识、优先级信息；所述第一SDL对应的SUL为SSBindex指向的SUL、有效性标识为有效或优先级最高。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一接收模块120包括：第二接收单元，用于接收网络设备广播的所述SUL配置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息还包括NDL测量配置信息，所述装置还包括：第二测量模块124，用于测量正常下行链路NDL的参考信号强度；所述选择模块122包括：第二选择单元，用于根据所述多个SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度，从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，所述至少一个第一SDL的参考信号强度大于NDL的参考信号强度。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述装置还包括：第二接入模块125，用于若未测量到所述多个SDL的参考信号强度，或者，测量到的所述多个SDL的参考信号强度小于或等于所述NDL的参考信号强度，且，测量到所述NDL的参考信号强度，则从NUL发起随机接入。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中还包括一个NDL阈值，当所述NDL的参考信号强度小于所述NDL阈值时，测量到参考信号强度的SDL为所述至少一个第一SDL。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二接入模块125还用于若NDL的参考信号强度不小于NDL阈值，则UE从NUL发起随机接入；若未测量到所述多个SDL的参考信号强度，且，测量到所述NDL的参考信号强度，则UE从NUL发起随机接入。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中还包括一个NDL阈值和SDL对应的SDL阈值，所述至少一个第一SDL的参考信号强度大于对应的SDL阈值，所述选择模块122包括：第三选择单元，用于若所述NDL的参考信号小于NDL阈值，则从第一SDL中选择参考 信号的强度最高的第二SDL。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二接入模块125还用于若未测量到所述多个SDL的参考信号强度，或者，测量到的所述多个SDL的参考信号强度小于或者等于对应的SDL阈值，且，测量到所述NDL的参考信号强度，则所述UE从NUL发起随机接入；
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中包括SDL对应的SDL阈值，所述选择模块122包括：第四选择单元，用于根据多个SDL的参考信号强度、所述SDL阈值和NDL的参考信号强度，从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，所述至少一个第一SDL的参考信号强度大于对应的SDL阈值、且大于NDL的参考信号强度。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二接入模块125还用于若未测量到所述多个SDL的参考信号强度，或者，测量到的所述多个SDL的参考信号强度小于或者等于对应的SDL阈值，或者，测量到的所述多个SDL的参考信号强度小于所述NDL的参考信号强度，且，测量到所述NDL的参考信号强度，则所述UE从NUL发起随机接入。
图11示出根据本申请一实施例的随机接入装置的框图。图11所示的随机接入装置可以应用于网络设备，所述装置可以包括：
发送模块90，用于使用正常下行链路NDL波束发送与NDL波束对应的补充上行链路SUL配置信息，SUL配置信息包括至少一个SUL的SUL标识和至少一个SUL阈值，不同的NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息不同；其中，所述至少一个SUL为第二网络设备提供的SUL；所述至少一个SUL的SUL标识包括第一SUL标识，所述至少一个SUL阈值包括与所述第一SUL标识对应的第一SUL阈值；使得UE测量NDL波束对应的参考信号强度，若所述参考信号强度小于所述第一SUL阈值，所述UE从第一SUL标识对应的第一SUL发起随机接入。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL的SUL标识和多个SUL阈值，所述SUL配置信息中还包括每个SUL的以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合：第一有效性标识、优先级信息；和/或，所述NDL波束中还包括SSBindex，不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex用于指示用于发起随机接入的SUL。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中还包括SUL阈值的第二有效性标识。
图12示出根据本申请一实施例的随机接入装置的框图。图12所示的随机接入装置可以应用于用户设备UE，所述装置可以包括：
第二接收模块91，用于接收正常下行链路NDL波束，所述NDL波束中包括与NDL波束对应的补充上行链路SUL配置信息，SUL配置信息包括至少一个SUL的SUL标识、至少一个SUL阈值；其中，所述NDL波束为第一网络设备发送的波束，所述至少一个SUL为第二网络设备提供的SUL；所述至少一个SUL的SUL标识包括第一SUL标识，所述至少一个SUL阈值包括与所述第一SUL标识对应的第一SUL阈值；
第三测量模块92，用于测量NDL波束对应的参考信号强度；
第一接入模块93，用于若所述参考信号强度小于所述第一SUL阈值，从第一SUL标识对应的第一SUL发起随机接入。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述UE在不同的区域接收的NDL波束不同，不同的NDL波束中包括的SUL配置信息不同。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一网络设备为基站，或者小站，或者其他用户设备。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL的SUL标识和多个SUL阈值，所述SUL配置信息中还包括每个SUL的第一有效性标识和/或优先级信息；所述第一SUL标识对应的SUL的第一有效性标识为有效和/或优先级最高。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL的SUL标识和多个SUL阈值，所述NDL波束中还包括SSBindex，所述UE接收的不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex用于指示所述第一SUL。在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一SUL标识为所述SSBindex的值与多个SUL的总数的余数，或者，所述第一SUL标识为SSBindex的值。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述SUL配置信息中还包括所述至少一个SUL阈值的第二有效性标识，所述装置还包括：第二接入模块94，用于若所述SUL阈值的第二有效性标识为无效或者SUL阈值为0或负值，则从NUL发起随机接入。
图13示出根据本申请一实施例的网络设备的框图。图13所示的网络设备可以是上文中的第一网络设备、第二网络设备、网络设备。如图13所示，所述网络设备可以由处理器801、存储器802及收发器803等组成，其中，所述处理器、所述存储器与所述收发器之前可以通过一条或多条总线连接。其中，发送模块90或配置模块110所要实现的功能可以由所述网络设备的收发器803实现，或者由处理器801控制收发器803实现。
处理器801为网络设备的控制中心，利用各种接口和线路连接整个网络设备的各个部分，通过运行或执行存储在存储器802内的软件程序和/或模块，以及调用存储在存储器内的数据，以执行网络设备的各种功能和/或处理数据。所述处理器可以由集成电路(integrated circuit，简称IC)组成，例如可以由单颗封装的IC所组成，也可以由连接多颗相同功能或不同功能的封装IC而组成。举例来说，处理器可以仅包括中央处理器(central processing unit，简称CPU)，也可以是GPU、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，简称DSP)、及收发器中的控制芯片(例如基带芯片)的组合。在本发明实施方式中，CPU可以是单运算核心，也可以包括多运算核心。
所述收发器803用于建立通信信道，使网络设备通过所述通信信道以连接至接收设备，从而实现网络设备之间的数据传输。所述收发器可以包括无线局域网(wireless local area network，简称WLAN)模块、蓝牙模块、基带(base band)模块等通信模块，以及所述通信模块对应的射频(radio frequency，简称RF)电路，用于进行无线局域网络通信、蓝牙通信、红外线通信及/或蜂窝式通信系统通信，例如宽带码分多重接入(wideband code division multiple access，简称WCDMA)及/或高速下行封包存取(high speed downlink packet access，简称HSDPA)。所述收发器用于控制网络设备中的各组件的通信，并且可以支持直接内存存取(direct memory  access)。
在本发明的不同实施方式中，所述收发器803中的各种收发器一般以集成电路芯片(integrated circuit chip)的形式出现，并可进行选择性组合，而不必包括所有收发器及对应的天线组。例如，所述收发器803可以仅包括基带芯片、射频芯片以及相应的天线以在一个蜂窝通信系统中提供通信功能。经由所述收发器建立的无线通信连接，例如无线局域网接入或WCDMA接入，所述网络设备可以连接至蜂窝网(cellular network)或因特网(internet)。在本发明的一些可选实施方式中，所述收发器中的通信模块，例如基带模块可以集成到处理器中，典型的如高通(qualcomm)公司提供的APQ+MDM系列平台。射频电路用于信息收发或通话过程中接收和发送信号。例如，将网络设备的下行信息接收后，给处理器处理；另外，将设计上行的数据发送给网络设备。通常，所述射频电路包括用于执行这些功能的公知电路，包括但不限于天线系统、射频收发机、一个或多个放大器、调谐器、一个或多个振荡器、数字信号处理器、编解码(codec)芯片组、用户身份模块(SIM)卡、存储器等等。此外，射频电路还可以通过无线通信与网络和其他设备通信。所述无线通信可以使用任一通信标准或协议，包括但不限于全球移动通讯系统(global system of mobile communication，简称GSM)、通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service，简称gprs)、码分多址(code division multiple access，简称CDMA)、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，简称WCDMA)、高速上行行链路分组接入技术(high speed uplink packet access，简称HSUPA)、长期演进(long term evolution，简称LTE)、电子邮件、短消息服务(short messaging service，简称SMS)等。
本申请的实施例提供了一种随机接入装置，包括：处理器以及用于存储处理器可执行指令的存储器；其中，所述处理器被配置为执行所述指令时实现上述方法。
本申请的实施例提供了一种非易失性计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序指令，所述计算机程序指令被处理器执行时实现上述方法。
本申请的实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品，包括计算机可读代码，或者承载有计算机可读代码的非易失性计算机可读存储介质，当所述计算机可读代码在电子设备的处理器中运行时，所述电子设备中的处理器执行上述方法。
计算机可读存储介质可以是可以保持和存储由指令执行设备使用的指令的有形设备。计算机可读存储介质例如可以是――但不限于――电存储设备、磁存储设备、光存储设备、电磁存储设备、半导体存储设备或者上述的任意合适的组合。计算机可读存储介质的更具体的例子(非穷举的列表)包括：便携式计算机盘、硬盘、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、只读存储器(Read Only Memory，ROM)、可擦式可编程只读存储器(Electrically Programmable Read-Only-Memory，EPROM或闪存)、静态随机存取存储器(Static Random-Access Memory，SRAM)、便携式压缩盘只读存储器(Compact Disc Read-Only Memory，CD-ROM)、数字多功能盘(Digital Video Disc，DVD)、记忆棒、软盘、机械编码设备、例如其上存储有指令的打孔卡或凹槽内凸起结构、以及上述的任意合适的组合。
这里所描述的计算机可读程序指令或代码可以从计算机可读存储介质下载到各个计算/处理设备，或者通过网络、例如因特网、局域网、广域网和/或无线网下载到外部计算机或外 部存储设备。网络可以包括铜传输电缆、光纤传输、无线传输、路由器、防火墙、交换机、网关计算机和/或边缘服务器。每个计算/处理设备中的网络适配卡或者网络接口从网络接收计算机可读程序指令，并转发该计算机可读程序指令，以供存储在各个计算/处理设备中的计算机可读存储介质中。
用于执行本申请操作的计算机程序指令可以是汇编指令、指令集架构(Instruction Set Architecture，ISA)指令、机器指令、机器相关指令、微代码、固件指令、状态设置数据、或者以一种或多种编程语言的任意组合编写的源代码或目标代码，所述编程语言包括面向对象的编程语言—诸如Smalltalk、C++等，以及常规的过程式编程语言—诸如“C”语言或类似的编程语言。计算机可读程序指令可以完全地在用户计算机上执行、部分地在用户计算机上执行、作为一个独立的软件包执行、部分在用户计算机上部分在远程计算机上执行、或者完全在远程计算机或服务器上执行。在涉及远程计算机的情形中，远程计算机可以通过任意种类的网络—包括局域网(Local Area Network，LAN)或广域网(Wide Area Network，WAN)—连接到用户计算机，或者，可以连接到外部计算机(例如利用因特网服务提供商来通过因特网连接)。在一些实施例中，通过利用计算机可读程序指令的状态信息来个性化定制电子电路，例如可编程逻辑电路、现场可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或可编程逻辑阵列(Programmable Logic Array，PLA)，该电子电路可以执行计算机可读程序指令，从而实现本申请的各个方面。
这里参照根据本申请实施例的方法、装置(系统)和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或框图描述了本申请的各个方面。应当理解，流程图和/或框图的每个方框以及流程图和/或框图中各方框的组合，都可以由计算机可读程序指令实现。
这些计算机可读程序指令可以提供给通用计算机、专用计算机或其它可编程数据处理装置的处理器，从而生产出一种机器，使得这些指令在通过计算机或其它可编程数据处理装置的处理器执行时，产生了实现流程图和/或框图中的一个或多个方框中规定的功能/动作的装置。也可以把这些计算机可读程序指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中，这些指令使得计算机、可编程数据处理装置和/或其他设备以特定方式工作，从而，存储有指令的计算机可读介质则包括一个制造品，其包括实现流程图和/或框图中的一个或多个方框中规定的功能/动作的各个方面的指令。
也可以把计算机可读程序指令加载到计算机、其它可编程数据处理装置、或其它设备上，使得在计算机、其它可编程数据处理装置或其它设备上执行一系列操作步骤，以产生计算机实现的过程，从而使得在计算机、其它可编程数据处理装置、或其它设备上执行的指令实现流程图和/或框图中的一个或多个方框中规定的功能/动作。
附图中的流程图和框图显示了根据本申请的多个实施例的装置、系统、方法和计算机程序产品的可能实现的体系架构、功能和操作。在这点上，流程图或框图中的每个方框可以代表一个模块、程序段或指令的一部分，所述模块、程序段或指令的一部分包含一个或多个用于实现规定的逻辑功能的可执行指令。在有些作为替换的实现中，方框中所标注的功能也可以以不同于附图中所标注的顺序发生。例如，两个连续的方框实际上可以基本并行地执行， 它们有时也可以按相反的顺序执行，这依所涉及的功能而定。
也要注意的是，框图和/或流程图中的每个方框、以及框图和/或流程图中的方框的组合，可以用执行相应的功能或动作的硬件(例如电路或ASIC(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，专用集成电路))来实现，或者可以用硬件和软件的组合，如固件等来实现。
尽管在此结合各实施例对本发明进行了描述，然而，在实施所要求保护的本发明过程中，本领域技术人员通过查看所述附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书，可理解并实现所述公开实施例的其它变化。在权利要求中，“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤，“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其它单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施，但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。
以上已经描述了本申请的各实施例，上述说明是示例性的，并非穷尽性的，并且也不限于所披露的各实施例。在不偏离所说明的各实施例的范围和精神的情况下，对于本技术领域的普通技术人员来说许多修改和变更都是显而易见的。本文中所用术语的选择，旨在最好地解释各实施例的原理、实际应用或对市场中的技术的改进，或者使本技术领域的其它普通技术人员能理解本文披露的各实施例。

Claims (21)

  1. 一种随机接入方法，其特征在于，包括：
    用户设备UE接收补充上行链路SUL配置信息，所述SUL配置信息中包括多个SUL、与所述多个SUL分别匹配的多个补充下行链路SDL、以及SDL测量配置信息；
    UE根据所述SDL测量配置信息测量所述多个SDL的参考信号强度；
    UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，从所述至少一个第一SDL中选择第二SDL，在所述至少一个第一SDL中第二SDL的参考信号强度最高；
    UE从所述第二SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，UE接收SUL配置信息，包括：
    UE接收正常下行链路NDL波束，所述NDL波束中包括与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息，
    与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息包括一个SUL、与所述一个SUL匹配的一个SDL、SDL测量配置信息。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息包括多个SUL、与所述多个SUL分别匹配的多个SDL、SDL测量配置信息；
    所述NDL波束中还包括SSBindex，不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex用于指示用于发起随机接入的SUL；和/或，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息还包括：每个SUL的以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合：有效性标识、优先级信息。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，包括：
    UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度和以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL：SSBindex、有效性标识、优先级信息；
    所述第一SDL对应的SUL为SSBindex指向的SUL、有效性标识为有效或优先级最高。
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，UE接收SUL配置信息，包括：
    UE接收广播的所述SUL配置信息。
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述SUL配置信息还包括NDL测量配置信息，所述方法还包括：
    UE测量正常下行链路NDL的参考信号强度；
    UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，包括：
    UE根据所述多个SDL的参考信号强度和NDL的参考信号强度，从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，所述至少一个第一SDL的参考信号强度大于NDL的参考信号强度。
  7. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述SUL配置信息中还包括一个NDL阈值，所述方法还包括：UE测量正常下行链路NDL的参考信号强度；
    当所述NDL的参考信号强度小于所述NDL阈值时，测量到参考信号强度的SDL为所述至少一个第一SDL。
  8. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述SUL配置信息中还包括一个NDL阈值和SDL对应的SDL阈值，所述方法还包括：UE测量正常下行链路NDL的参考信号强度；
    所述至少一个第一SDL的参考信号强度大于对应的SDL阈值，
    从所述至少一个第一SDL中选择第二SDL，包括：
    若所述NDL的参考信号小于NDL阈值，则UE从第一SDL中选择参考信号的强度最高的第二SDL。
  9. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述SUL配置信息中包括SDL对应的SDL阈值，所述方法还包括：UE测量正常下行链路NDL的参考信号强度；
    UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，包括：
    UE根据多个SDL的参考信号强度、所述SDL阈值和NDL的参考信号强度，从所述多个SDL中选择至少一个第一SDL，所述至少一个第一SDL的参考信号强度大于对应的SDL阈值、且大于NDL的参考信号强度。
  10. 一种随机接入方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    发送补充上行链路SUL配置信息，所述SUL配置信息中包括：多个SUL、与所述多个SUL分别匹配的多个补充下行链路SDL、SDL测量配置信息，使得用户设备UE根据所述SDL测量配置信息测量所述多个SDL的参考信号强度，并从第二SDL对应的SUL发起随机接入；其中，所述第二SDL是至少一个第一SDL中参考信号强度最高的，所述至少一个第一SDL是所述UE根据所述多个SDL的参考强度从所述多个SDL中选择的。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，发送SUL配置信息，包括：
    全向广播所述SUL配置信息。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述SUL配置信息还包括：正常下行链路NDL阈值和/或多个SDL阈值。
  13. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，发送SUL配置信息，包括：
    使用NDL波束发送与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息包括一个SUL、与所述一个SUL匹配的一个SDL、SDL测量配置信息；
    不同的NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息不同。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息还包括：一个NDL阈值和/或一个SDL阈值。
  15. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，发送SUL配置信息，包括：使用NDL波束发送与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息包括多个SUL、与所述多个SUL分别匹配的多个SDL、SDL测量配置信息；
    所述NDL波束中还包括SSBindex，不同的NDL波束中包括的SSBindex不同，所述SSBindex用于指示用于发起随机接入的SUL；和/或，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息还包括每个SUL的以下一种参数或者几种参数的组合：有效性标识、优先级信息。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，与NDL波束对应的SUL配置信息还包括：一个NDL阈值和/或一个SDL阈值。
  17. 一种随机接入装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理器；
    用于存储处理器可执行指令的存储器；
    其中，所述处理器被配置为执行所述指令时实现权利要求1-9任意一项所述的方法，或者实现权利要求10-16任意一项所述的方法。
  18. 一种非易失性计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序指令，其特征在于，所述计算机程序指令被处理器执行时实现权利要求1-9中任意一项所述的方法，或者，实现权利要求10-16任意一项所述的方法。
  19. 一种计算机程序产品，包括计算机可读代码，当所述计算机可读代码在电子设备中运行时，所述电子设备中的处理器执行权利要求1-9中任意一项所述的方法，或者，权利要求10-16任意一项所述的方法。
  20. 一种终端设备，其特征在于，所述终端设备用于执行权利要求1-9任意一项所述的方法。
  21. 一种基站设备，其特征在于，所述基站设备用于执行权利要求10-16任意一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2021/132469 2020-11-24 2021-11-23 随机接入方法、装置及通信设备 Ceased WO2022111477A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21896978.0A EP4240084A4 (en) 2020-11-24 2021-11-23 DIRECT ACCESS METHOD AND DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE
US18/254,115 US12549269B2 (en) 2020-11-24 2021-11-23 Random access method and apparatus, and communication device

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011332311 2020-11-24
CN202011332311.X 2020-11-24
CN202110096649.8A CN114554603B (zh) 2020-11-24 2021-01-25 随机接入方法、装置及通信设备
CN202110096649.8 2021-01-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022111477A1 true WO2022111477A1 (zh) 2022-06-02

Family

ID=81668592

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/132469 Ceased WO2022111477A1 (zh) 2020-11-24 2021-11-23 随机接入方法、装置及通信设备

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US12549269B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP4240084A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN114554603B (zh)
WO (1) WO2022111477A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024058944A1 (en) * 2022-09-13 2024-03-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Downlink reference signal measurements for supplemental uplink carriers

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20250274885A1 (en) * 2024-02-23 2025-08-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Initial access with downlink carrier sharing

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110049557A (zh) * 2018-01-17 2019-07-23 华为技术有限公司 随机接入方法及装置
US20190280836A1 (en) * 2018-03-06 2019-09-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Beam management for autonomous uplink with analog beams
WO2020027627A1 (ko) * 2018-08-03 2020-02-06 삼성전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 데이터를 송수신하기 위한 방법 및 장치
CN110859003A (zh) * 2018-08-22 2020-03-03 成都华为技术有限公司 确定上行资源的方法与装置

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US12047819B2 (en) * 2017-11-14 2024-07-23 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Supplementary uplink in wireless systems
EP3738374B1 (en) * 2018-01-11 2023-01-04 Fg Innovation Company Limited Uplink carrier configuration and selection with supplementary uplink
US11234244B2 (en) * 2018-07-05 2022-01-25 Asustek Computer Inc. Method and apparatus for performing random access resource selection in new radio access technology-unlicensed (NR-U) cells in a wireless communication system
US11039480B2 (en) * 2018-08-09 2021-06-15 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Supplementary uplink for random access procedures
CA3051689A1 (en) * 2018-08-09 2020-02-09 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Channel selection using a listen before talk procedure
US11140722B2 (en) * 2018-11-01 2021-10-05 Ofinno, Llc Pathloss measurement in multiple cells

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110049557A (zh) * 2018-01-17 2019-07-23 华为技术有限公司 随机接入方法及装置
US20190280836A1 (en) * 2018-03-06 2019-09-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Beam management for autonomous uplink with analog beams
WO2020027627A1 (ko) * 2018-08-03 2020-02-06 삼성전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 데이터를 송수신하기 위한 방법 및 장치
CN110859003A (zh) * 2018-08-22 2020-03-03 成都华为技术有限公司 确定上行资源的方法与装置

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON, CMCC, ORANGE: "Discussion on the capability for SUL and SDL combinations", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1812556, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Gothenburg, Sweden; 20180820 - 20180824, 10 August 2018 (2018-08-10), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051522151 *
NOKIA, NOKIA SHANGHAI BELL: "On UE capability xDD differentiation for SUL/SDL bands", 3GPP DRAFT; R4-2009592, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG4, no. Electronic Meeting; 20200817 - 20200828, 7 August 2020 (2020-08-07), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051912737 *
See also references of EP4240084A4

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024058944A1 (en) * 2022-09-13 2024-03-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Downlink reference signal measurements for supplemental uplink carriers

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4240084A4 (en) 2024-04-17
CN114554603A (zh) 2022-05-27
US20230413338A1 (en) 2023-12-21
CN114554603B (zh) 2025-02-21
EP4240084A1 (en) 2023-09-06
US12549269B2 (en) 2026-02-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI531267B (zh) 以使用者設備（ｕｅ）爲中心的訊務路由之裝置、系統及方法
US12309852B2 (en) Provide a method for random access to increase uplink capacity of a terminal device for random access
JP2018504858A (ja) システム情報の更新
US12452830B2 (en) Information processing method based on network slide identity information in access procedure, and terminal device
US11546044B2 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
JP2021029055A (ja) 無線端末及び基地局並びにこれらの方法
CN114270787B (zh) 完整配置切换技术的方法和装置
AU2021326409B2 (en) Adaptive selection of a network access mode by a user equipment
WO2019136720A1 (zh) 信号传输的方法和设备
JP2017534208A (ja) ミリメートル波長基地局ビームフォーミング技法の広告および効率的ユーザ機器送信方式
CN108271210A (zh) 通信方法和通信设备
WO2022111477A1 (zh) 随机接入方法、装置及通信设备
JP2025503157A (ja) セル状態の決定方法及び装置
CN117202292A (zh) 无线通信的方法、终端设备和网络设备
US12470999B2 (en) Communication method, device, and system
WO2023206408A1 (en) Beamforming reporting and link adaptation enhancements for nr multicast service
CN108024311A (zh) 一种系统信息更新方法及装置
WO2022141071A1 (zh) 小数据传输方法、装置、设备及介质
CN117479264A (zh) 无线通信方法和终端设备
JP2025529781A (ja) セルの選択及び再選択
WO2020133176A1 (zh) 传输信息的方法、终端设备和网络设备
CN113115257A (zh) 一种连接配置方法、设备及存储介质
WO2022206914A1 (zh) 监听方法与装置、终端和网络设备
JP2018526943A (ja) 異周波数測定の管理
WO2021047479A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21896978

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021896978

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230602

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE